<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><?xml-stylesheet href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/style.xsl" type="text/xsl"?><rss xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"><channel><atom:link href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/livefree-with-t1d/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><title><![CDATA[LiveFree with T1D]]></title><podcast:guid>adfed3ce-8fab-5e1f-95c7-bc6a2f0d0566</podcast:guid><lastBuildDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 20:30:01 +0000</lastBuildDate><generator>Captivate.fm</generator><language><![CDATA[en]]></language><copyright><![CDATA[© 2025 The Diabetes Psychologist]]></copyright><managingEditor>Mark Heyman</managingEditor><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Welcome to the LiveFree with T1D Podcast where we coach you to build your T1D stress-management plan like a sailboat. You are the captain. The hull is your diabetes knowledge and management. The sails are your mindset. The rudder is your behavior and the crew is your support team. 

If you build the five parts of your stress management plan correctly, you'll find smooth sailing with T1D. Every week we help a person with T1D just like you optimize their sailboat.
    ]]></itunes:summary><image><url>https://artwork.captivate.fm/5d40e922-27b3-43a2-90bd-00b8b4802670/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png</url><title>LiveFree with T1D</title><link><![CDATA[https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcast]]></link></image><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5d40e922-27b3-43a2-90bd-00b8b4802670/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Mark Heyman</itunes:name></itunes:owner><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author><description>Welcome to the LiveFree with T1D Podcast where we coach you to build your T1D stress-management plan like a sailboat. You are the captain. The hull is your diabetes knowledge and management. The sails are your mindset. The rudder is your behavior and the crew is your support team. 

If you build the five parts of your stress management plan correctly, you&apos;ll find smooth sailing with T1D. Every week we help a person with T1D just like you optimize their sailboat.
    </description><link>https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcast</link><atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com" rel="hub"/><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness"><itunes:category text="Mental Health"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness"><itunes:category text="Medicine"/></itunes:category><itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.captivate.fm/livefree-with-t1d/</itunes:new-feed-url><podcast:txt purpose="applepodcastsverify">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/livefree-with-t1d/id1530846038</podcast:txt><podcast:locked>no</podcast:locked><podcast:medium>podcast</podcast:medium><item><title>#252: The Hardest Question T1D Parents Face: Do I Test My Child?</title><itunes:title>#252: The Hardest Question T1D Parents Face: Do I Test My Child?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Cynthia, who’s lived with type 1 diabetes since she was 19. Cynthia&nbsp;reflects on how a lack of mental health support at diagnosis contributed to years of struggling with bulimia—something she now speaks openly about to help others.</p>
<p>The second half of the conversation focuses on parenting with diabetes. Cynthia’s daughter is almost eight, and the decision about whether or not to screen her for T1D antibodies is weighing heavily on her. She walks through the emotional complexity, the uncertainty of the results, and how the conversation around screening often overlooks mental health entirely.</p>
<p>This episode is a must-listen for parents with T1D—or anyone considering antibody screening for their child.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Cynthia, who’s lived with type 1 diabetes since she was 19. Cynthia&nbsp;reflects on how a lack of mental health support at diagnosis contributed to years of struggling with bulimia—something she now speaks openly about to help others.</p>
<p>The second half of the conversation focuses on parenting with diabetes. Cynthia’s daughter is almost eight, and the decision about whether or not to screen her for T1D antibodies is weighing heavily on her. She walks through the emotional complexity, the uncertainty of the results, and how the conversation around screening often overlooks mental health entirely.</p>
<p>This episode is a must-listen for parents with T1D—or anyone considering antibody screening for their child.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149048241]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149048241</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5405f630-dc24-410f-b271-8d5b41902b94/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c405183e-995c-43f9-a8c2-c1f4a5a81407.mp3" length="63854720" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>44:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#251: Fatherhood Messed With His Blood Sugars (and What He Did About It)</title><itunes:title>#251: Fatherhood Messed With His Blood Sugars (and What He Did About It)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark catches up with Anthony—who recently&nbsp;became a dad for the first time. As exciting as new parenthood is, it brought a wave of new challenges to his diabetes management. Anthony opens up about how the stress and sleep deprivation of caring for a newborn impacted his insulin needs and his mindset, and how that shift affected his relationship.</p>
<p>Together, they explore how to plan for unpredictability, communicate more clearly with a partner, and keep diabetes from taking over precious time with family. Whether you’re a parent with T1D or thinking about becoming one, Anthony’s story is full of wisdom, honesty, and hope.</p>
<p>&nbsp;<span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark catches up with Anthony—who recently&nbsp;became a dad for the first time. As exciting as new parenthood is, it brought a wave of new challenges to his diabetes management. Anthony opens up about how the stress and sleep deprivation of caring for a newborn impacted his insulin needs and his mindset, and how that shift affected his relationship.</p>
<p>Together, they explore how to plan for unpredictability, communicate more clearly with a partner, and keep diabetes from taking over precious time with family. Whether you’re a parent with T1D or thinking about becoming one, Anthony’s story is full of wisdom, honesty, and hope.</p>
<p>&nbsp;<span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149048240]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149048240</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/48e33ac7-be4e-4533-9b43-35119acb259a/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jun 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/86aae70c-5959-4727-82c6-5c0f35a1673c.mp3" length="58407040" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#250: She Had Confidence in Everything—Except Diabetes</title><itunes:title>#250: She Had Confidence in Everything—Except Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Meg, a registered dietitian who’s lived with type 1 diabetes for 26 years. For much of her life, Meg kept diabetes in the background—taking insulin, but never really accepting the condition or believing she could manage it well. She avoided her pump and CGM, skipped checks, and did everything she could to hide diabetes from others.</p>
<p>A hospitalization in 2016 changed everything.</p>
<p>With honesty and humor, Meg shares how that wake-up call helped her take ownership of her T1D—and how, step by step, she rebuilt her confidence and transformed her daily life. From embracing diabetes tech to becoming a dietitian who now helps others do the same, Meg’s story is one of resilience and rediscovery.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt like diabetes is the <em>only</em> part of your life you can’t get a handle on, this episode will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Meg, a registered dietitian who’s lived with type 1 diabetes for 26 years. For much of her life, Meg kept diabetes in the background—taking insulin, but never really accepting the condition or believing she could manage it well. She avoided her pump and CGM, skipped checks, and did everything she could to hide diabetes from others.</p>
<p>A hospitalization in 2016 changed everything.</p>
<p>With honesty and humor, Meg shares how that wake-up call helped her take ownership of her T1D—and how, step by step, she rebuilt her confidence and transformed her daily life. From embracing diabetes tech to becoming a dietitian who now helps others do the same, Meg’s story is one of resilience and rediscovery.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever felt like diabetes is the <em>only</em> part of your life you can’t get a handle on, this episode will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149041074]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149041074</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/29dd6232-4d67-4a7a-bba8-11005a90b08c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c9d75c9b-30fd-4134-9184-f02584fc7971.mp3" length="52668544" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#249: From Ignoring T1D to Obsessing Over It</title><itunes:title>#249: From Ignoring T1D to Obsessing Over It</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kevin, who’s lived with type 1 diabetes for over 30 years. For most of that time, diabetes was in the background—until a sudden complication forced him to pay attention.</p>
<p>After developing diabetic retinopathy, Kevin overhauled everything. He cleaned up his diet, started using a closed-loop system, and brought his A1C down by more than 3 points. But his success came with a new challenge: burnout.</p>
<p>Now, Kevin checks his CGM obsessively. He micromanages every number. And he feels like if he doesn’t stay perfect, he could lose everything. This episode is a powerful reminder that fear can push us <em>too</em> far—and that even when we’re doing well, we still need to protect our mental health.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kevin, who’s lived with type 1 diabetes for over 30 years. For most of that time, diabetes was in the background—until a sudden complication forced him to pay attention.</p>
<p>After developing diabetic retinopathy, Kevin overhauled everything. He cleaned up his diet, started using a closed-loop system, and brought his A1C down by more than 3 points. But his success came with a new challenge: burnout.</p>
<p>Now, Kevin checks his CGM obsessively. He micromanages every number. And he feels like if he doesn’t stay perfect, he could lose everything. This episode is a powerful reminder that fear can push us <em>too</em> far—and that even when we’re doing well, we still need to protect our mental health.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149033479]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149033479</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ce8f77e8-c21f-4c94-99b0-c4039eab4e3d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jun 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/602c7af0-e6be-4905-b7b8-76ded0a4c293.mp3" length="66357376" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>46:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#248: He Woke Up Feeling Human Again</title><itunes:title>#248: He Woke Up Feeling Human Again</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Mike, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at age 12 while living in a children’s home. With a family history of T1D—including four siblings who were also diagnosed—Mike learned early how to follow the rules. But decades later, burnout, unrecognized lows, and emotional exhaustion caught up with him.</p>
<p>In this honest and eye-opening conversation, Mike shares the turning point that changed everything: discovering Loop. He explains how automated insulin delivery gave him back his sleep, his mental clarity, and his family life—and why he’s now helping others do the same.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever struggled with T1D burnout, hypoglycemia unawareness, or just feeling overwhelmed by tech, Mike’s story will resonate.</p>
<p><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Mike, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at age 12 while living in a children’s home. With a family history of T1D—including four siblings who were also diagnosed—Mike learned early how to follow the rules. But decades later, burnout, unrecognized lows, and emotional exhaustion caught up with him.</p>
<p>In this honest and eye-opening conversation, Mike shares the turning point that changed everything: discovering Loop. He explains how automated insulin delivery gave him back his sleep, his mental clarity, and his family life—and why he’s now helping others do the same.</p>
<p>If you’ve ever struggled with T1D burnout, hypoglycemia unawareness, or just feeling overwhelmed by tech, Mike’s story will resonate.</p>
<p><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149033470]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149033470</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/54e1b0ba-7223-4480-b6ae-7f6a4ba732df/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 May 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a349fc79-00bc-44b0-8b80-fcf11f0568bd.mp3" length="85239936" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>59:12</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#247: Diagnosed Abroad and Taking Her Life Back</title><itunes:title>#247: Diagnosed Abroad and Taking Her Life Back</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Crystal, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes while living abroad in Iceland. Navigating a new diagnosis in a foreign healthcare system was overwhelming, but Crystal’s story is one of resilience and adaptability. She shares how she leaned on her community, tackled the emotional ups and downs of her diagnosis, and found ways to continue traveling and building her business without letting diabetes limit her. If you’ve ever worried that T1D would get in the way of your dreams, this conversation will inspire you to see what's possible.</p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Crystal, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes while living abroad in Iceland. Navigating a new diagnosis in a foreign healthcare system was overwhelming, but Crystal’s story is one of resilience and adaptability. She shares how she leaned on her community, tackled the emotional ups and downs of her diagnosis, and found ways to continue traveling and building her business without letting diabetes limit her. If you’ve ever worried that T1D would get in the way of your dreams, this conversation will inspire you to see what's possible.</p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149018629]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149018629</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/9b605c11-728d-491e-8174-84a591325cac/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0a019473-5aa0-4bee-9728-bfce0e722d92.mp3" length="48584832" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#246: Living with T1D in a War Zone: Lessons in Resilience</title><itunes:title>#246: Living with T1D in a War Zone: Lessons in Resilience</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Sasha, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes just weeks before war broke out in Ukraine. Suddenly, Sasha faced not only a new diagnosis but also the terrifying reality of managing her health in a country at war.</p>
<p class="">Sasha shares how she adapted to shortages of supplies, how she stayed connected to her values even when fear was high, and the unexpected ways living in a war zone changed how she sees diabetes and life itself.</p>
<p class="">If you’ve ever felt like you’re waiting for things to be "perfect" before you start living fully with T1D, Sasha’s story will leave a lasting impression.</p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Sasha, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes just weeks before war broke out in Ukraine. Suddenly, Sasha faced not only a new diagnosis but also the terrifying reality of managing her health in a country at war.</p>
<p class="">Sasha shares how she adapted to shortages of supplies, how she stayed connected to her values even when fear was high, and the unexpected ways living in a war zone changed how she sees diabetes and life itself.</p>
<p class="">If you’ve ever felt like you’re waiting for things to be "perfect" before you start living fully with T1D, Sasha’s story will leave a lasting impression.</p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149018627]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149018627</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a8da9b05-bbab-4756-be16-d71bef4969f6/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d6830437-af33-4a89-ba5f-0194ea573bc3.mp3" length="59244672" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>41:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#245: When Ignoring Diabetes Stops Working</title><itunes:title>#245: When Ignoring Diabetes Stops Working</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Trent, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 40 years. Growing up in the 1980s, Trent’s parents focused on helping him feel “normal”—but over time, he discovered that ignoring the reality of T1D came at a cost. He shares the emotional journey of learning to balance resilience with humility, the challenges of navigating life transitions like college and parenthood with diabetes, and how he grapples with the constant mental burden of managing T1D. If you've ever felt like you're carrying an invisible weight—or wondered how to reconcile living fully with the reality of diabetes—this conversation will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Trent, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 40 years. Growing up in the 1980s, Trent’s parents focused on helping him feel “normal”—but over time, he discovered that ignoring the reality of T1D came at a cost. He shares the emotional journey of learning to balance resilience with humility, the challenges of navigating life transitions like college and parenthood with diabetes, and how he grapples with the constant mental burden of managing T1D. If you've ever felt like you're carrying an invisible weight—or wondered how to reconcile living fully with the reality of diabetes—this conversation will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of the</span><span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span><span>audiobook</span><span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a><span>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149018625]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149018625</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/521956d7-9704-4dee-b968-3934bc2d1bb6/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 May 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d916c377-fcc1-48f5-a8ce-13a890d415f9.mp3" length="55445632" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#244: What Happens When T1D Burnout Collides with Parenting?</title><itunes:title>#244: What Happens When T1D Burnout Collides with Parenting?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Casey, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for over 25 years. Casey was misdiagnosed with type 2 in his mid-20s, leading to a year of frustration, failure, and worsening symptoms before he got the correct diagnosis. That experience shaped how he approached T1D, and later, how he supported his son, who tested positive for antibodies and eventually developed type 1 himself.</p>
<p class="">Casey opens up about the emotional toll of T1D, his challenges with skin reactions to diabetes tech, and the overwhelm that makes consistent management feel impossible. Together, he and Dr. Mark explore simple, doable ways to rebuild consistency, starting small, using accountability, and finding a rhythm that works without adding more stress.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the<span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span>audiobook<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Casey, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for over 25 years. Casey was misdiagnosed with type 2 in his mid-20s, leading to a year of frustration, failure, and worsening symptoms before he got the correct diagnosis. That experience shaped how he approached T1D, and later, how he supported his son, who tested positive for antibodies and eventually developed type 1 himself.</p>
<p class="">Casey opens up about the emotional toll of T1D, his challenges with skin reactions to diabetes tech, and the overwhelm that makes consistent management feel impossible. Together, he and Dr. Mark explore simple, doable ways to rebuild consistency, starting small, using accountability, and finding a rhythm that works without adding more stress.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the<span>&nbsp;</span><em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em><span>&nbsp;</span>audiobook<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149016230]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149016230</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5bdbb29b-2ca4-4c9c-a822-b144c477b53e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8678843a-dca9-4d89-8156-1d5ed6333c3d.mp3" length="67833984" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>47:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#243: Why Accepting T1D Is Harder Than You Think</title><itunes:title>#243: Why Accepting T1D Is Harder Than You Think</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kristen, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at age 17—just months before graduating high school. The adjustment was rocky. Fear of lows led Kristen to stop taking insulin entirely during her honeymoon phase, and eventually, she ended up in the hospital again with DKA.</p>
<p class="">That second hospital stay marked a turning point. Kristen began to accept her diagnosis, change her mindset, and reframe how she saw insulin—not as something to fear, but as something that keeps her alive and thriving.</p>
<p class="">Now 19, Kristen is learning to trust technology, navigate new challenges with her Medtronic 780G pump, and even planning to get SCUBA certified—without letting fear get in the way.</p>
<p class="">Her story is one of resilience, reflection, and reclaiming freedom with T1D.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the <em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em> audiobook <a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kristen, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at age 17—just months before graduating high school. The adjustment was rocky. Fear of lows led Kristen to stop taking insulin entirely during her honeymoon phase, and eventually, she ended up in the hospital again with DKA.</p>
<p class="">That second hospital stay marked a turning point. Kristen began to accept her diagnosis, change her mindset, and reframe how she saw insulin—not as something to fear, but as something that keeps her alive and thriving.</p>
<p class="">Now 19, Kristen is learning to trust technology, navigate new challenges with her Medtronic 780G pump, and even planning to get SCUBA certified—without letting fear get in the way.</p>
<p class="">Her story is one of resilience, reflection, and reclaiming freedom with T1D.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;Grab your FREE copy of the <em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em> audiobook <a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/audiobook-lq-1">HERE</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149016219]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149016219</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/bd9e858e-fad5-4bff-a484-5d1bd76de4d8/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e149a9cd-589d-4790-bdd7-e51b7ff21b44.mp3" length="65247360" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>45:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#242: Balancing Safety and Freedom</title><itunes:title>#242: Balancing Safety and Freedom</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Katherine, a registered nurse who has lived with type 1 diabetes since childhood, and who faces the rare challenge of having seizures at blood sugars as high as 60. Katherine shares how this reality has forced her to intentionally keep her blood sugars high, especially during exercise and horseback riding, to avoid potentially dangerous lows. She talks about how her service dog Blaze has given her more safety and independence, but also about the mental burden and emotional toll that managing T1D takes every day. Through coaching, Katherine explores how to find freedom and flexibility in areas she can control, even when some aspects of her condition may always require extra caution.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Katherine, a registered nurse who has lived with type 1 diabetes since childhood, and who faces the rare challenge of having seizures at blood sugars as high as 60. Katherine shares how this reality has forced her to intentionally keep her blood sugars high, especially during exercise and horseback riding, to avoid potentially dangerous lows. She talks about how her service dog Blaze has given her more safety and independence, but also about the mental burden and emotional toll that managing T1D takes every day. Through coaching, Katherine explores how to find freedom and flexibility in areas she can control, even when some aspects of her condition may always require extra caution.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149009849]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149009849</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4795f09a-5226-4cfe-b4a7-138f926c3c05/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/bd6a5bc9-aa97-47fe-a16a-180657ecbeaf.mp3" length="68208768" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>47:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#241: What Happens When You Stop Believing You Can’t</title><itunes:title>#241: What Happens When You Stop Believing You Can’t</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">n this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Molly, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes just before her fifth birthday. For years, Molly felt stuck — overwhelmed by the burden of T1D, isolated from others, and convinced she couldn’t manage it. That belief kept her from asking for help, and made every step of care feel like an uphill battle.</p>
<p class="p1">With time, therapy, and support, Molly has started rewriting her story. She’s learning to move past old patterns, sit with discomfort (even those dreaded lows), and take meaningful steps to prioritize her health — especially as she prepares for the next season of her life: becoming a mom.</p>
<p class="p1">If you’ve ever felt like T1D was too much to handle, Molly’s story will resonate and inspire you.</p>
<p class="p2">Click <a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com">HERE</a> to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">n this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Molly, who was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes just before her fifth birthday. For years, Molly felt stuck — overwhelmed by the burden of T1D, isolated from others, and convinced she couldn’t manage it. That belief kept her from asking for help, and made every step of care feel like an uphill battle.</p>
<p class="p1">With time, therapy, and support, Molly has started rewriting her story. She’s learning to move past old patterns, sit with discomfort (even those dreaded lows), and take meaningful steps to prioritize her health — especially as she prepares for the next season of her life: becoming a mom.</p>
<p class="p1">If you’ve ever felt like T1D was too much to handle, Molly’s story will resonate and inspire you.</p>
<p class="p2">Click <a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com">HERE</a> to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149009843]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149009843</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f58dcdf9-5bfa-40bc-81d5-c437c5e82529/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/50bcb61a-60f5-454e-b3f7-0148efed6f8a.mp3" length="62234752" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#240: Stuck HIGH on Purpose</title><itunes:title>#240: Stuck HIGH on Purpose</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kerri, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 44 years. For most of that time, fear wasn’t part of her story — until a string of nighttime seizures changed everything. Now,&nbsp;Kerri avoids going low at all costs. She under-boluses, keeps her blood sugars high on purpose, and feels trapped by the anxiety that’s taken over her decision-making.&nbsp;Kerri's story is raw and relatable. If fear of lows has crept into your life, this conversation will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Kerri, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 44 years. For most of that time, fear wasn’t part of her story — until a string of nighttime seizures changed everything. Now,&nbsp;Kerri avoids going low at all costs. She under-boluses, keeps her blood sugars high on purpose, and feels trapped by the anxiety that’s taken over her decision-making.&nbsp;Kerri's story is raw and relatable. If fear of lows has crept into your life, this conversation will hit home.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149003633]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149003633</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5d9cb523-889e-4591-b1d5-dca672341327/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c2b9e6a6-58ff-4c70-ac22-95b2c7e92973.mp3" length="70621312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>49:03</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#239: The Hidden Cost of “Perfect” Diabetes Management</title><itunes:title>#239: The Hidden Cost of “Perfect” Diabetes Management</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Lauren, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for nearly 20 years. Her journey has taken her from coasting high to avoid lows as a kid, to feeling overwhelmed by how much she thinks about diabetes now. We talk about her resistance to changing diabetes tech, the mental toll of constantly managing blood sugars, and how she's working to find a balance between staying in range and living her life.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Lauren, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for nearly 20 years. Her journey has taken her from coasting high to avoid lows as a kid, to feeling overwhelmed by how much she thinks about diabetes now. We talk about her resistance to changing diabetes tech, the mental toll of constantly managing blood sugars, and how she's working to find a balance between staying in range and living her life.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149003629]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149003629</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c6703c84-c7c0-4b6e-870b-361430b81037/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c4b4346a-9546-4224-baa6-8194c07b80d3.mp3" length="58974336" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#238: What 18,262 Days with T1D Teaches You </title><itunes:title>#238: What 18,262 Days with T1D Teaches You </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2149000269]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2149000269</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/445a22ee-5883-42ec-bf3b-a5eec672cc67/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Mar 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/640169fe-ae6a-49ea-a5da-6b73d418e60a.mp3" length="65167488" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>45:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#237: How One Severe Low Changed Everything</title><itunes:title>#237: How One Severe Low Changed Everything</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks</span>&nbsp;with Anthony, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 19 years. His journey has taken him from a hands-off approach to a complete transformation after a life-threatening low blood sugar event. We talk about his resistance to diabetes technology, how a severe hypo forced him to change, and the role his wife played in helping him rebuild trust in his diabetes management.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks</span>&nbsp;with Anthony, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for 19 years. His journey has taken him from a hands-off approach to a complete transformation after a life-threatening low blood sugar event. We talk about his resistance to diabetes technology, how a severe hypo forced him to change, and the role his wife played in helping him rebuild trust in his diabetes management.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148990908]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148990908</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/19a968ae-1c4d-4f6b-a8c9-f2583d8c649e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Mar 2025 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4158c53d-d9ef-4dd1-b16d-b91d24f981b8.mp3" length="67616896" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>46:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#236: Overcoming Fear &amp; Finding Balance</title><itunes:title>#236: Overcoming Fear &amp; Finding Balance</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talk with Cynthia, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for nearly 30 years. She shares her diagnosis story, the fear-based messages she received from doctors, and how those words have stuck with her ever since.&nbsp;They dive into the realities of managing diabetes while working in a high-pressure career, the mental energy it takes to "hide" diabetes, and how she’s working through the anxiety of complications.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talk with Cynthia, who has lived with type 1 diabetes for nearly 30 years. She shares her diagnosis story, the fear-based messages she received from doctors, and how those words have stuck with her ever since.&nbsp;They dive into the realities of managing diabetes while working in a high-pressure career, the mental energy it takes to "hide" diabetes, and how she’s working through the anxiety of complications.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148980829]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148980829</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ee9b59af-7f02-4274-8b12-437664387c63/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Mar 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/577ebe8f-dc64-4ec3-bf11-4b5e2c919f1f.mp3" length="62417024" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#235: Overcoming Hypo Anxiety &amp; Taking Back Control </title><itunes:title>#235: Overcoming Hypo Anxiety &amp; Taking Back Control </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark sits down with Oliver, who has been living with type 1 diabetes for 20 years.&nbsp;They talk about the mental and emotional challenges that come with diabetes, from the constant “kid on your shoulder” to the anxiety around lows and exercise. Oliver shares his experiences as an athlete and entrepreneur, the lessons he’s learned from severe hypos, and how he’s built a mindset of acceptance rather than resistance.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark sits down with Oliver, who has been living with type 1 diabetes for 20 years.&nbsp;They talk about the mental and emotional challenges that come with diabetes, from the constant “kid on your shoulder” to the anxiety around lows and exercise. Oliver shares his experiences as an athlete and entrepreneur, the lessons he’s learned from severe hypos, and how he’s built a mindset of acceptance rather than resistance.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148980827]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148980827</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/36e29145-1c70-4ad5-9262-c6cc09b1523b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d2eeb88c-3557-45f4-9a36-9ebd60921d48.mp3" length="55451776" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#234: From Hiding T1D to Owning It </title><itunes:title>#234: From Hiding T1D to Owning It </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>What was life with type 1 diabetes like before home glucose meters, fast-acting insulin, or CGMs? In this episode, Dr. Mark talks to Bob, who has been living with T1D for over five decades. Diagnosed in 1972, Bob takes us through his journey of navigating college, sports, and a career with little guidance on diabetes management. He opens up about how he used to keep his diabetes a secret at work, how a major complication changed everything, and how he went from staying quiet to becoming an advocate—including introducing President Biden at the White House.</p>
<p>Click <a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a> to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>What was life with type 1 diabetes like before home glucose meters, fast-acting insulin, or CGMs? In this episode, Dr. Mark talks to Bob, who has been living with T1D for over five decades. Diagnosed in 1972, Bob takes us through his journey of navigating college, sports, and a career with little guidance on diabetes management. He opens up about how he used to keep his diabetes a secret at work, how a major complication changed everything, and how he went from staying quiet to becoming an advocate—including introducing President Biden at the White House.</p>
<p>Click <a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a> to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148980822]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148980822</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a11e9ba9-555e-4f3d-aeb7-788467b6a730/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/622b4272-93bd-4f97-a034-bec315e13f1b.mp3" length="53543040" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#233: From Rebellion to Resilience with Type 1 Diabetes</title><itunes:title>#233: From Rebellion to Resilience with Type 1 Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Alex was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes in the middle of another medical crisis—hospitalized with bacterial meningitis at age 12, he had no idea what was coming. Like many teens, he struggled with acceptance, ignored his diabetes, and paid the price with multiple hospital visits. But after moving out on his own, he had a wake-up call.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Alex was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes in the middle of another medical crisis—hospitalized with bacterial meningitis at age 12, he had no idea what was coming. Like many teens, he struggled with acceptance, ignored his diabetes, and paid the price with multiple hospital visits. But after moving out on his own, he had a wake-up call.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a><span>&nbsp;to get your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping)</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148973673]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148973673</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/db46f9f3-59d0-411d-95bd-590372818c8c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e48e9358-ab04-43be-85e4-a9bfb98a85ba.mp3" length="42489038" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>44:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#232: Letting Go of Perfectionism in Diabetes Management</title><itunes:title>#232: Letting Go of Perfectionism in Diabetes Management</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Managing type 1 diabetes comes with a lot of mental weight, and for many, that includes the pressure to be perfect. In this episode, I talk with&nbsp;<span>Saci</span>, who was diagnosed at a young age and spent years struggling with food obsession, restrictive eating, and the fear of "getting it wrong." She shares her journey of overcoming an all-or-nothing mindset, how education and community support helped her, and practical steps that anyone can take to release the grip of perfectionism in diabetes management.</p>
<p><strong>What You’ll Learn in This Episode:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>How early messages about food shaped her relationship with eating</li>
<li>The impact of healthcare professionals' language on diabetes self-management</li>
<li>The role of community in finding balance and support</li>
<li>Practical strategies for moving away from perfectionism</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>Click <a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a> to get&nbsp;a FREE copy of my book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</p>
<ul>
<li>How choosing just a few key behaviors to focus on can reduce stress</li>
</ul><br/>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Managing type 1 diabetes comes with a lot of mental weight, and for many, that includes the pressure to be perfect. In this episode, I talk with&nbsp;<span>Saci</span>, who was diagnosed at a young age and spent years struggling with food obsession, restrictive eating, and the fear of "getting it wrong." She shares her journey of overcoming an all-or-nothing mindset, how education and community support helped her, and practical steps that anyone can take to release the grip of perfectionism in diabetes management.</p>
<p><strong>What You’ll Learn in This Episode:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>How early messages about food shaped her relationship with eating</li>
<li>The impact of healthcare professionals' language on diabetes self-management</li>
<li>The role of community in finding balance and support</li>
<li>Practical strategies for moving away from perfectionism</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>Click <a href="http://www.diabetessucksbook.com/">HERE</a> to get&nbsp;a FREE copy of my book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping).</p>
<ul>
<li>How choosing just a few key behaviors to focus on can reduce stress</li>
</ul><br/>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148973616]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148973616</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/47c46315-9c18-442b-8c31-ffbf30f3fa7e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c0cd1eb0-4835-46b8-9655-9c72e3f9ce0e.mp3" length="47978624" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#231: Navigating T1D Through Pregnancy, Motherhood &amp; Beyond </title><itunes:title>#231: Navigating T1D Through Pregnancy, Motherhood &amp; Beyond </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Managing type 1 diabetes is never easy, but add pregnancy, motherhood, and a demanding career to the mix—and the mental load can feel overwhelming.</p>
<p>In this episode, Dr, Mark sits down with <strong>Kate</strong>, a diabetes educator, registered nurse, and mom from Australia who has lived with T1D for 20 years. She opens up about:</p>
<p>✅ Her unexpected diagnosis as a teenager and how she adapted<br>✅ The <em>mental</em> side of managing diabetes through pregnancy and postpartum<br>✅ The pressure to “do it all” as a mom with T1D—and how she set boundaries to protect her health<br>✅ How she helps others manage their diabetes without feeling trapped by perfection</p>
<p>Kate’s story is powerful, real, and packed with insights for anyone navigating life with diabetes. Whether you're newly diagnosed, thinking about pregnancy, or just looking for inspiration to keep going—this episode is for you.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Managing type 1 diabetes is never easy, but add pregnancy, motherhood, and a demanding career to the mix—and the mental load can feel overwhelming.</p>
<p>In this episode, Dr, Mark sits down with <strong>Kate</strong>, a diabetes educator, registered nurse, and mom from Australia who has lived with T1D for 20 years. She opens up about:</p>
<p>✅ Her unexpected diagnosis as a teenager and how she adapted<br>✅ The <em>mental</em> side of managing diabetes through pregnancy and postpartum<br>✅ The pressure to “do it all” as a mom with T1D—and how she set boundaries to protect her health<br>✅ How she helps others manage their diabetes without feeling trapped by perfection</p>
<p>Kate’s story is powerful, real, and packed with insights for anyone navigating life with diabetes. Whether you're newly diagnosed, thinking about pregnancy, or just looking for inspiration to keep going—this episode is for you.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148971861]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148971861</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/fa659613-25e2-4240-ba84-f60c7df0a951/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a09bf5aa-9d41-4af8-b905-312794b8f579.mp3" length="70049920" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>48:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#230: Thriving with T1D as a High Achiever </title><itunes:title>#230: Thriving with T1D as a High Achiever </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <h3>&nbsp;</h3>
<p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Syreen, a researcher in women’s health and epidemiologist who has been living with T1D for over 25 years.&nbsp;Their&nbsp;conversation dives into&nbsp;the journey of navigating T1D as a high achiever, the impact of diabetes on career and personal development, and the role of technology and support systems in thriving with diabetes.</p>
<p>Syreen&nbsp;shares her personal journey, from being diagnosed at age seven with parents who were physicians, to balancing diabetes management through high school, college, and a demanding professional life. She opens up about the emotional toll of managing T1D while striving to meet big goals and the challenges of maintaining balance between ambition and health.</p>
<p>This episode&nbsp;is a must-listen for anyone looking to balance the challenges of T1D with an ambitious and fulfilling life.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <h3>&nbsp;</h3>
<p>In this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Syreen, a researcher in women’s health and epidemiologist who has been living with T1D for over 25 years.&nbsp;Their&nbsp;conversation dives into&nbsp;the journey of navigating T1D as a high achiever, the impact of diabetes on career and personal development, and the role of technology and support systems in thriving with diabetes.</p>
<p>Syreen&nbsp;shares her personal journey, from being diagnosed at age seven with parents who were physicians, to balancing diabetes management through high school, college, and a demanding professional life. She opens up about the emotional toll of managing T1D while striving to meet big goals and the challenges of maintaining balance between ambition and health.</p>
<p>This episode&nbsp;is a must-listen for anyone looking to balance the challenges of T1D with an ambitious and fulfilling life.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148965698]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148965698</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3dee21d6-e105-4beb-b061-6ea9d9ebf4d0/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Jan 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7748cf8c-37ab-422e-a6b0-1cfb1cfc512f.mp3" length="54153344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#229:  Living with Type 1 Diabetes in India</title><itunes:title>#229:  Living with Type 1 Diabetes in India</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In&nbsp;this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Deeksha, a counseling psychologist from India who has been living with&nbsp;T1D for 25 years.&nbsp;This conversation dives into&nbsp;the unique challenges of managing T1D in India, a country where access to diabetes care, technology, and mental health support is limited.</p>
<p>Deeksha shares her personal journey, from being diagnosed at the age of four in a small town with limited resources to becoming a passionate advocate for mental health in diabetes care. She&nbsp;talks about the emotional toll of managing diabetes, the fear of complications, and the importance of balancing information and boundaries with tools like CGMs.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In&nbsp;this episode, Dr. Mark talks with Deeksha, a counseling psychologist from India who has been living with&nbsp;T1D for 25 years.&nbsp;This conversation dives into&nbsp;the unique challenges of managing T1D in India, a country where access to diabetes care, technology, and mental health support is limited.</p>
<p>Deeksha shares her personal journey, from being diagnosed at the age of four in a small town with limited resources to becoming a passionate advocate for mental health in diabetes care. She&nbsp;talks about the emotional toll of managing diabetes, the fear of complications, and the importance of balancing information and boundaries with tools like CGMs.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148958097]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148958097</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/7159d665-5338-4dbc-95db-5819e280d993/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c594e1fd-7cb1-4f41-87cf-747bb4bb8ac0.mp3" length="64055424" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>44:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#228: A Fresh Start: Sharing My Story with T1D</title><itunes:title>#228: A Fresh Start: Sharing My Story with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Welcome to the all-new format of LiveFree<em>&nbsp;with T1D</em>&nbsp;Podcast.&nbsp;I’m&nbsp;excited to introduce a&nbsp;new approach to the podcast for 2025. Most episodes this year will feature real conversations with people living with type 1 diabetes, exploring their stories, celebrating their wins, and providing coaching for their biggest challenges. You’ll also hear invaluable tips on managing diabetes and keeping blood sugars in range.</p>
<p>To kick things off, I’m pulling an episode from the archives where I share my personal journey with T1D. Listen in as I&nbsp;talk all about&nbsp;my experiences, challenges, and victories—and set the stage for the inspiring stories and coaching sessions to come.</p>
<p><strong>Interested in being a guest?</strong> DM me on Instagram <a target="_new" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist"><span>@TheDiabetesPsychologist</span></a> to share your story and receive coaching on what you’re navigating with T1D.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Welcome to the all-new format of LiveFree<em>&nbsp;with T1D</em>&nbsp;Podcast.&nbsp;I’m&nbsp;excited to introduce a&nbsp;new approach to the podcast for 2025. Most episodes this year will feature real conversations with people living with type 1 diabetes, exploring their stories, celebrating their wins, and providing coaching for their biggest challenges. You’ll also hear invaluable tips on managing diabetes and keeping blood sugars in range.</p>
<p>To kick things off, I’m pulling an episode from the archives where I share my personal journey with T1D. Listen in as I&nbsp;talk all about&nbsp;my experiences, challenges, and victories—and set the stage for the inspiring stories and coaching sessions to come.</p>
<p><strong>Interested in being a guest?</strong> DM me on Instagram <a target="_new" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist"><span>@TheDiabetesPsychologist</span></a> to share your story and receive coaching on what you’re navigating with T1D.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148950077]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148950077</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/530e2297-1ac2-4b13-b0d1-4c091b8f98fd/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/85df4ccb-c60e-4aa0-986f-ba289fa8acb0.mp3" length="40327296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#227: Setting Goals for 2025</title><itunes:title>#227: Setting Goals for 2025</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>As the new year begins, it’s the perfect time to focus on setting goals that inspire confidence, clarity, and control in your life with type 1 diabetes. In this special episode, I’m sharing the replay of <em>ReImagine T1D</em>, a free virtual event where we explored how to create meaningful goals for 2025.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:<br>🎯 How to define what success looks like for you in the new year.<br>🛠️ A proven framework for setting realistic, actionable goals.<br>💡 Strategies to manage T1D stress so you can focus on what matters most.</p>
<p>This episode is more than just goal-setting—it’s about reimagining how T1D fits into your life, empowering you to thrive in 2025 and beyond.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>As the new year begins, it’s the perfect time to focus on setting goals that inspire confidence, clarity, and control in your life with type 1 diabetes. In this special episode, I’m sharing the replay of <em>ReImagine T1D</em>, a free virtual event where we explored how to create meaningful goals for 2025.</p>
<p>You’ll learn:<br>🎯 How to define what success looks like for you in the new year.<br>🛠️ A proven framework for setting realistic, actionable goals.<br>💡 Strategies to manage T1D stress so you can focus on what matters most.</p>
<p>This episode is more than just goal-setting—it’s about reimagining how T1D fits into your life, empowering you to thrive in 2025 and beyond.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148938445]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148938445</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/219a4b68-6023-40be-afd1-749fae19011e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jan 2025 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/cea7ddde-b632-4933-aeaa-68f6521f08b4.mp3" length="73908352" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>51:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#226: Boundaries with T1D (Part 2)</title><itunes:title>#226: Boundaries with T1D (Part 2)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can make your relationships with others challenging during this time of year.To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing back one of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p>
<p>Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping):&nbsp;offers.thediabetespsychologist.com/freebookpro</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can make your relationships with others challenging during this time of year.To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing back one of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p>
<p>Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping):&nbsp;offers.thediabetespsychologist.com/freebookpro</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148933368]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148933368</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ec9f09a8-73ad-47d1-b915-57c8e04f524d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9bd777d7-1cd4-45d2-bdf4-c52ad29f0a2c.mp3" length="35377280" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#225: Boundaries with T1D (Part 1)</title><itunes:title>#225: Boundaries with T1D (Part 1)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can get in the way of your fun this time of year. To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing&nbsp;back a couple of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping):&nbsp;offers.thediabetespsychologist.com/freebookpro</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can get in the way of your fun this time of year. To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing&nbsp;back a couple of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span>Grab your FREE copy of Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (just cover shipping):&nbsp;offers.thediabetespsychologist.com/freebookpro</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148929866]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148929866</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b1a47e29-2c2b-459b-ae7c-991f51ebca5d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d0642583-fa69-4b1d-95d5-0348198dfe32.mp3" length="33824896" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#224: Navigating T1D at School</title><itunes:title>#224: Navigating T1D at School</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr.&nbsp;Mark chats with Sarah, founder of <em>Thrive with T1D</em>, about her journey with type 1 diabetes, her mission to help others, and her unique perspective as both an educator and health coach. Diagnosed with type 1 diabetes as an adult, Sarah shares her personal story, her reflections on what it means to live well with T1D, and how she helps others thrive, regardless of their age or stage in life.</p>
<p><strong>Key Topics Discussed:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Sarah’s Diagnosis Journey:</strong> From gestational diabetes to an unexpected T1D diagnosis during motherhood.</li>
<li><strong>Living with T1D:</strong> How Sarah reframed her challenges and turned them into opportunities for growth.</li>
<li><strong>Advocacy and Support:</strong> The importance of advocating for yourself and others, and how to empower children with T1D to advocate for themselves.</li>
<li><strong>Health Coaching for T1D:</strong> What a health coach does and how coaching can bridge the gap between where you are and where you want to be.</li>
<li><strong>Diabetes in Schools:</strong> Insights on creating a supportive school environment for children with diabetes, building team approaches, and advocating for your child's needs.</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>You can connect with Sarah through her website&nbsp;<a href="https://thr1vet1d.com/">https://thr1vet1d.com</a>&nbsp;and&nbsp;Follow&nbsp;Sarah on Instagram&nbsp;<a target="_new" href="https://www.instagram.com//thr1vet1d"><span>@thr1vet1d</span></a></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr.&nbsp;Mark chats with Sarah, founder of <em>Thrive with T1D</em>, about her journey with type 1 diabetes, her mission to help others, and her unique perspective as both an educator and health coach. Diagnosed with type 1 diabetes as an adult, Sarah shares her personal story, her reflections on what it means to live well with T1D, and how she helps others thrive, regardless of their age or stage in life.</p>
<p><strong>Key Topics Discussed:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Sarah’s Diagnosis Journey:</strong> From gestational diabetes to an unexpected T1D diagnosis during motherhood.</li>
<li><strong>Living with T1D:</strong> How Sarah reframed her challenges and turned them into opportunities for growth.</li>
<li><strong>Advocacy and Support:</strong> The importance of advocating for yourself and others, and how to empower children with T1D to advocate for themselves.</li>
<li><strong>Health Coaching for T1D:</strong> What a health coach does and how coaching can bridge the gap between where you are and where you want to be.</li>
<li><strong>Diabetes in Schools:</strong> Insights on creating a supportive school environment for children with diabetes, building team approaches, and advocating for your child's needs.</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>You can connect with Sarah through her website&nbsp;<a href="https://thr1vet1d.com/">https://thr1vet1d.com</a>&nbsp;and&nbsp;Follow&nbsp;Sarah on Instagram&nbsp;<a target="_new" href="https://www.instagram.com//thr1vet1d"><span>@thr1vet1d</span></a></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148923951]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148923951</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2b5394bb-3312-40a4-9ce0-a45e21f7959c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Dec 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/637b90df-4e70-4d14-89cd-0746e5a54818.mp3" length="54333568" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#223: A Discussion About Why Diabetes Sucks</title><itunes:title>#223: A Discussion About Why Diabetes Sucks</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into a discussion about his book, <em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em>, sharing the origin story behind the book and its key takeaways. He explores the dual realities of diabetes—acknowledging its challenges while embracing tools and strategies to live with confidence. Dr. Heyman also answers listener questions and provides practical insights into managing diabetes-related highs, lows, and the mental and emotional toll.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into a discussion about his book, <em>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</em>, sharing the origin story behind the book and its key takeaways. He explores the dual realities of diabetes—acknowledging its challenges while embracing tools and strategies to live with confidence. Dr. Heyman also answers listener questions and provides practical insights into managing diabetes-related highs, lows, and the mental and emotional toll.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148918652]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148918652</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/17468ba4-2980-4844-8cd7-b8d6b569805b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1d141807-5f37-4d9c-bd66-6c3544408601.mp3" length="81756288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>56:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#222: Can Gratitude and T1D Co-exist?</title><itunes:title>#222: Can Gratitude and T1D Co-exist?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this special Thanksgiving episode, Dr. Mark explores the power of gratitude—even in the face of life’s challenges, like living with type 1 diabetes. Instead of focusing on being grateful <em>for</em> diabetes, Dr. Mark encourages listeners to shift their perspective and find gratitude in other areas of life. Through a simple yet powerful practice, you’ll learn how to see beyond the “beach ball” of diabetes that often dominates your view and recognize the beauty, joy, and positivity that coexist alongside it.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this special Thanksgiving episode, Dr. Mark explores the power of gratitude—even in the face of life’s challenges, like living with type 1 diabetes. Instead of focusing on being grateful <em>for</em> diabetes, Dr. Mark encourages listeners to shift their perspective and find gratitude in other areas of life. Through a simple yet powerful practice, you’ll learn how to see beyond the “beach ball” of diabetes that often dominates your view and recognize the beauty, joy, and positivity that coexist alongside it.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148907640]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148907640</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/cbbfcf49-c59a-4892-98ab-5709569d4d9e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Nov 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/86773fcc-c7ad-4e21-983f-af6f26f542cc.mp3" length="18541336" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#221: How to Stop Buying Into Unhelpful Thoughts About T1D</title><itunes:title>#221: How to Stop Buying Into Unhelpful Thoughts About T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark explores how our thoughts about diabetes can either help or hinder us. Using relatable metaphors like shopping at Target, he illustrates how we often "buy" unhelpful thoughts without realizing it—and how this impacts our mental health.</p>
<p>Dr. Mark shares practical strategies for identifying and reframing unhelpful thoughts, like recognizing them as just thoughts and choosing whether to engage with them. He explains how to set these thoughts "back on the shelf" without pushing them away or letting them dominate your life.</p>
<p>Through these insights, you’ll learn how to reduce feelings of burnout, anxiety, and overwhelm by creating a healthier relationship with your thoughts about diabetes. With practice, you can build the mental flexibility to focus on what truly matters and live a more hopeful, empowered life.</p>
<p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>How to identify unhelpful thoughts and choose whether to "buy" them.</li>
<li>Why pushing thoughts away often makes them more overwhelming.</li>
<li>Practical tools to detach from negative thoughts and reduce their emotional impact.</li>
<li>How changing your mindset can make diabetes feel less burdensome.</li>
</ul><br/>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark explores how our thoughts about diabetes can either help or hinder us. Using relatable metaphors like shopping at Target, he illustrates how we often "buy" unhelpful thoughts without realizing it—and how this impacts our mental health.</p>
<p>Dr. Mark shares practical strategies for identifying and reframing unhelpful thoughts, like recognizing them as just thoughts and choosing whether to engage with them. He explains how to set these thoughts "back on the shelf" without pushing them away or letting them dominate your life.</p>
<p>Through these insights, you’ll learn how to reduce feelings of burnout, anxiety, and overwhelm by creating a healthier relationship with your thoughts about diabetes. With practice, you can build the mental flexibility to focus on what truly matters and live a more hopeful, empowered life.</p>
<p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>How to identify unhelpful thoughts and choose whether to "buy" them.</li>
<li>Why pushing thoughts away often makes them more overwhelming.</li>
<li>Practical tools to detach from negative thoughts and reduce their emotional impact.</li>
<li>How changing your mindset can make diabetes feel less burdensome.</li>
</ul><br/>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148905572]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148905572</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e58b40e1-dc48-4c49-a4d8-fe70b3db2962/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8b6882c4-e6e4-4c2a-a758-b718ffad7cb6.mp3" length="55429248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#220: The Good, Bad, and Ugly of CGMs</title><itunes:title>#220: The Good, Bad, and Ugly of CGMs</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the ups and downs of Continuous Glucose Monitors (CGMs) and their impact on life with type 1 diabetes. While CGMs have made it easier to monitor blood sugar and feel more in control, they also come with challenges that affect mental health. Dr. Mark explores how untrustworthy readings, constant data, and public attention can cause anxiety and overwhelm. He shares practical strategies to help manage these stressors, including setting healthy boundaries, adjusting alerts, and learning when to trust your readings. These tools can empower you to use CGM technology confidently, helping you find balance and peace of mind in managing your diabetes.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the ups and downs of Continuous Glucose Monitors (CGMs) and their impact on life with type 1 diabetes. While CGMs have made it easier to monitor blood sugar and feel more in control, they also come with challenges that affect mental health. Dr. Mark explores how untrustworthy readings, constant data, and public attention can cause anxiety and overwhelm. He shares practical strategies to help manage these stressors, including setting healthy boundaries, adjusting alerts, and learning when to trust your readings. These tools can empower you to use CGM technology confidently, helping you find balance and peace of mind in managing your diabetes.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148900119]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148900119</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/895e1b95-f45c-4515-9504-1b7227cffe94/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/52f08d60-02cc-4873-b31b-9a996f84f930.mp3" length="28555392" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#219: Extend Your Panic Runway</title><itunes:title>#219: Extend Your Panic Runway</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">&nbsp;In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the idea of expanding your “panic runway”—the time it takes to go from calm to panic when low blood sugar strikes. He breaks down how this common reaction can feel overwhelming and explores how creating more space between anxiety and panic can give us the control we need to handle lows calmly. Dr. Mark shares practical strategies to help you stay grounded, including grounding exercises, visualization, and self-talk scripts. He explains how these tools can empower you to react with confidence, keeping panic at bay and helping you live with more freedom and peace of mind.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">&nbsp;In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the idea of expanding your “panic runway”—the time it takes to go from calm to panic when low blood sugar strikes. He breaks down how this common reaction can feel overwhelming and explores how creating more space between anxiety and panic can give us the control we need to handle lows calmly. Dr. Mark shares practical strategies to help you stay grounded, including grounding exercises, visualization, and self-talk scripts. He explains how these tools can empower you to react with confidence, keeping panic at bay and helping you live with more freedom and peace of mind.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148896622]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148896622</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5ec7c89c-7bd3-40f4-b695-9b64648e9e45/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Nov 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/95548a14-fafe-47ec-ae7a-0eaf89134023.mp3" length="25356416" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#218: T1D is NOT a Full Time Job</title><itunes:title>#218: T1D is NOT a Full Time Job</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the idea that managing diabetes is a full-time job. He challenges this common narrative, exploring how the language we use can make diabetes feel even more overwhelming than it needs to be. Dr.&nbsp;Mark shares practical tips to lighten the mental load and explains how changing our perspective can empower us to live with more freedom and flexibility.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p class="p1">&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the idea that managing diabetes is a full-time job. He challenges this common narrative, exploring how the language we use can make diabetes feel even more overwhelming than it needs to be. Dr.&nbsp;Mark shares practical tips to lighten the mental load and explains how changing our perspective can empower us to live with more freedom and flexibility.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p class="p1">&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148893886]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148893886</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/393730a1-5993-4242-8de4-66199a88c733/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/70dd35e3-ad7d-43dd-820f-9a3160eb0cd8.mp3" length="28512384" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#217: I Can&apos;t Believe My Endo Asked Me This Question</title><itunes:title>#217: I Can&apos;t Believe My Endo Asked Me This Question</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">In this episode, Dr. Mark shares a personal story from his early days managing T1D and why trying to explain every high blood sugar isn’t helpful. Learn why focusing on individual highs can leave you feeling guilty and defensive—and how accepting that highs are a part of life with T1D can help you feel more empowered. Dr. Mark also explains how healthcare providers can ask better questions to truly support people living with diabetes.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="p1">In this episode, Dr. Mark shares a personal story from his early days managing T1D and why trying to explain every high blood sugar isn’t helpful. Learn why focusing on individual highs can leave you feeling guilty and defensive—and how accepting that highs are a part of life with T1D can help you feel more empowered. Dr. Mark also explains how healthcare providers can ask better questions to truly support people living with diabetes.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148889594]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148889594</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2b43550b-4c5f-4304-a2b7-6d28c1126ffc/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f9caf244-8e71-45ff-9b91-376217fc723e.mp3" length="28592256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#216: The Worst Advice I&apos;ve Heard</title><itunes:title>#216: The Worst Advice I&apos;ve Heard</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark&nbsp; tackles one of the worst pieces of advice for people with&nbsp;T1D waiting until you're "ready" to make changes. Learn why waiting for the right moment may be keeping you stuck, and how taking action, even when you're uncomfortable, is key to progress.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark&nbsp; tackles one of the worst pieces of advice for people with&nbsp;T1D waiting until you're "ready" to make changes. Learn why waiting for the right moment may be keeping you stuck, and how taking action, even when you're uncomfortable, is key to progress.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148886126]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148886126</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a186c378-9008-4eda-a130-363421b52921/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4188c74f-7670-4b50-ad19-0a5640bb30e4.mp3" length="28717184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#215: I Want You To Be Scared Of Lows</title><itunes:title>#215: I Want You To Be Scared Of Lows</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>&nbsp;</span>Your fear of lows serves a very important function. It prompts you to take action and keep yourself safe. However, this same fear can also keep you stuck. In this episode, I talk about the difference between a healthy and an unhealthy fear of low blood sugar.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>&nbsp;</span>Your fear of lows serves a very important function. It prompts you to take action and keep yourself safe. However, this same fear can also keep you stuck. In this episode, I talk about the difference between a healthy and an unhealthy fear of low blood sugar.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148881368]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148881368</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/74f1857d-fa05-403e-9bec-359c97d250b8/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3193d91f-a5bb-47f8-8a2d-d2c6a7323e20.mp3" length="30115968" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#214: Diabetes Still Sucks (2.5 years later)!</title><itunes:title>#214: Diabetes Still Sucks (2.5 years later)!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I look back at the past 2.5 years since my book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, was published. You'll hear insights as to why I wrote this book, what I've learned since publishing the book, and the thing that&nbsp;surprised&nbsp;me the most.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I look back at the past 2.5 years since my book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, was published. You'll hear insights as to why I wrote this book, what I've learned since publishing the book, and the thing that&nbsp;surprised&nbsp;me the most.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148877329]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148877329</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8ac12808-736e-4775-a6f9-1001145b2a14/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7a98ead9-9c34-4d5d-84ce-e9a5c5fea0d9.mp3" length="25888896" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#213: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 12)</title><itunes:title>#213: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 12)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is the final episode&nbsp;of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 12, where you'll&nbsp;start to think about how to live beyond in your life with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is the final episode&nbsp;of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 12, where you'll&nbsp;start to think about how to live beyond in your life with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736679]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736679</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/535bd10b-acef-4d9d-ba62-065093f1c01e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6e0a011c-bd61-4de1-95ba-a27666a15d9c.mp3" length="6480000" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>04:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#212: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 11)</title><itunes:title>#212: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 11)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #12 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 11, where you'll get tips on how to figure out if you need professional mental health support around T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #12 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 11, where you'll get tips on how to figure out if you need professional mental health support around T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736678]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736678</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0e3b4499-77bc-41cb-ab47-c206c5c96981/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2bbd5a74-3a6d-4edf-86fc-0660459b1468.mp3" length="16238720" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#211: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 10)</title><itunes:title>#211: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 10)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #11 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 10, where you'll learn&nbsp;how to deal with the really tough stuff that T1D can throw your way.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #11 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 10, where you'll learn&nbsp;how to deal with the really tough stuff that T1D can throw your way.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736677]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736677</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8343f650-a754-4df1-9448-51eff856a43a/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8cb6411c-30f0-470e-8577-f5ac795c0a07.mp3" length="32893056" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#210: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 9)</title><itunes:title>#210: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 9)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #10 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 9, where you'll learn why community is so important for your emotional health with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #10 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 9, where you'll learn why community is so important for your emotional health with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736676]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736676</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e45bcc4b-5985-42e7-b9d0-1161dcc4fd31/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f03203fb-e325-4b43-ae0e-1397ec21053f.mp3" length="36579456" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#209: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 8)</title><itunes:title>#209: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 8)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #9 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 8, where you'll learn&nbsp;how to lead with action instead of letting your emotions call the shots.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #9 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 8, where you'll learn&nbsp;how to lead with action instead of letting your emotions call the shots.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736675]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736675</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/098434c9-7c6d-4ce6-8257-08da23f9e47b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/198c9396-4a29-4d03-abb7-c63ebe68919b.mp3" length="30761088" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#208: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 7)</title><itunes:title>#208: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 7)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #8 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 7, where you'll learn the practical tools you need to handle the stress of life with T1D.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #8 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 7, where you'll learn the practical tools you need to handle the stress of life with T1D.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736673]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736673</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/747f83ff-ea71-4768-85a3-cb89241f8199/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6e141836-fa88-4978-974d-6ed122167a24.mp3" length="61933696" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#207: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 6)</title><itunes:title>#207: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 6)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #7 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 6, which is about why putting in the work to manage your diabetes actually makes life with T1D a lot less stressful.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #7 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 6, which is about why putting in the work to manage your diabetes actually makes life with T1D a lot less stressful.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736672]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736672</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0988be58-5b4d-43a1-8a68-e70534490380/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0049d778-96d7-49fa-b5ab-ebec46cb3b17.mp3" length="33091712" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#206: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 5)</title><itunes:title>#206: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 5)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #6 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 5, which is about how, with T1D, control is not always the answer.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #6 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 5, which is about how, with T1D, control is not always the answer.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148736671]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148736671</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a732486a-74c1-4c8f-b7dd-20e65219c119/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c0af253b-f163-4c33-a48f-278a4d46ad5a.mp3" length="30795904" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#205: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 4)</title><itunes:title>#205: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 4)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #5 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 4, which is about how, sometimes, we make T1D a lot more challenging than it really is.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #5 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 4, which is about how, sometimes, we make T1D a lot more challenging than it really is.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699823]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699823</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/598c7701-cf70-4dc7-ae0a-f79e0544b8f4/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5cd098a9-ac6a-4ef2-b796-3203bddb7256.mp3" length="40052864" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#204: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 3)</title><itunes:title>#204: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 3)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #4 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 3, which is all about&nbsp;looking at the specific reasons why T1D is so challenging (and there are a lot of them!).</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #4 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 3, which is all about&nbsp;looking at the specific reasons why T1D is so challenging (and there are a lot of them!).</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699822]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699822</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/271f3be2-8f36-420a-8cd1-e7db26eb9bd2/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ea4f5b0f-3bd1-4a57-88c8-712d04fe7a68.mp3" length="45148288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#203: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it (Chapter 2)</title><itunes:title>#203: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it (Chapter 2)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #3 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a</span>&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 2, which is all about why it's so important to be honest with yourself about the fact that T1D sucks!</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #3 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each week, I share with you a</span>&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 2, which is all about why it's so important to be honest with yourself about the fact that T1D sucks!</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699821]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699821</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ce820ed4-5dc9-45a9-a216-a8addcd406fd/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/61455b9a-761f-47ac-bcbc-e273aeaebe46.mp3" length="31195264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#202: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 1)</title><itunes:title>#202: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Chapter 1)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #2 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a</span><span>&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 1, which is all about what it means to handle T1 (and what it doesn't mean).,&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>This is episode #2 of a 13 part&nbsp;series on the podcast&nbsp;where each wee&nbsp; I'll share with you a</span><span>&nbsp;chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It on the podcast.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>This week, you'll&nbsp;hear&nbsp;Chapter 1, which is all about what it means to handle T1 (and what it doesn't mean).,&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699820]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699820</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c2419a4b-fc84-4998-ab42-bb52462b0f02/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/320bae92-4f11-4e96-9cfd-aa0108bd7797.mp3" length="53356672" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:03</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#201: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Introduction)</title><itunes:title>#201: Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It (Introduction)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Each week for the next three months on the podcast, you will receive one chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It'. This week, you'll get the Introduction, where you'll hear Dr. Mark's story, why he wrote this book, and how to get the most out of listening to it.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Each week for the next three months on the podcast, you will receive one chapter of 'Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It'. This week, you'll get the Introduction, where you'll hear Dr. Mark's story, why he wrote this book, and how to get the most out of listening to it.</p>
<p>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699819]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699819</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/79b930b1-a3d1-405a-bea8-f3d9272389fd/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/086604f2-85c9-416e-82ad-7e86f66a8d74.mp3" length="27828352" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#200: The Perspective Shift Every T1D Warrior Needs </title><itunes:title>#200: The Perspective Shift Every T1D Warrior Needs </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">On this episode of the podcast, I dive into the concept of separating our external reality from our internal reality. I talk about the things we simply can’t change—like our blood sugar levels at any given moment—and how we can choose to respond to these challenges in a way that empowers us, rather than holds us back.</p>
<p><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong> to grab your copy of<em><strong> Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong> for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">On this episode of the podcast, I dive into the concept of separating our external reality from our internal reality. I talk about the things we simply can’t change—like our blood sugar levels at any given moment—and how we can choose to respond to these challenges in a way that empowers us, rather than holds us back.</p>
<p><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong> to grab your copy of<em><strong> Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong> for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148699780]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148699780</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a4f55738-e5d3-446f-8ddc-133d8a52a1ce/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5b488bac-c16b-4b2c-9634-ecb0f0fb2122.mp3" length="22876288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#199: 5 Mistake You Are Making In Your Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>#199: 5 Mistake You Are Making In Your Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">On this episode,&nbsp;I talk about the 5 biggest mistakes I see people make when it comes to T1D and mental health. Then give you tips on how you can stop making these mistakes and what you can do instead.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">On this episode,&nbsp;I talk about the 5 biggest mistakes I see people make when it comes to T1D and mental health. Then give you tips on how you can stop making these mistakes and what you can do instead.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148697772]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148697772</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d1f6cd5-cb4c-4dc1-9774-df90aa8c7383/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ff648557-b25a-4acf-8b38-1d303df62a99.mp3" length="32907392" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#198: The Cost of Control in Your Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>#198: The Cost of Control in Your Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I talk about the cost of avoiding the uncomfortable emotions that diabetes can throw your way. Then I give you three steps you can take to deal with this discomfort so you can stop avoiding it, even when you're not sure if you want to deal with it.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I talk about the cost of avoiding the uncomfortable emotions that diabetes can throw your way. Then I give you three steps you can take to deal with this discomfort so you can stop avoiding it, even when you're not sure if you want to deal with it.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;&nbsp;">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to grab your copy of<em><strong>&nbsp;Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle it.</strong></em></span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/free-guide">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;for a FREE resource to help you Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148687639]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148687639</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/fdbb6f8a-2d8e-4397-8f43-a56cf5a327d5/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8b5b5e07-6f5a-4782-8f8a-b7bfcf507b82.mp3" length="25371804" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#197: The Key to Accepting T1D</title><itunes:title>#197: The Key to Accepting T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode of the&nbsp;podcast,&nbsp;</span><span>I talk about what it does and doesn't mean to accept that you have T1D. I look at why acceptance is challenging and what you are probably doing to make it more difficult for you to accept that diabetes is part of your life. Then I give you several things you can do to come to a place of acceptance in your life with T1D.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode of the&nbsp;podcast,&nbsp;</span><span>I talk about what it does and doesn't mean to accept that you have T1D. I look at why acceptance is challenging and what you are probably doing to make it more difficult for you to accept that diabetes is part of your life. Then I give you several things you can do to come to a place of acceptance in your life with T1D.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148676720]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148676720</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f911c48c-f267-4cdc-9d53-9ba91d50bbae/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4d7152fa-bc80-480a-9ff4-c4b50e2bc2d0.mp3" length="29890779" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#196: 9127 Days with T1D</title><itunes:title>#196: 9127 Days with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>Over the past 25 years with T1D, I've learned a lot about myself and what it means to face challenges in my life.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Here are just a few of the things I've learn</span>ed:</p>
<ul>
<li><span>T1D is hard, showing me I can do hard things.</span></li>
<li><span>Balancing quality of life with maintaining 'good' blood sugars is crucia</span>l.</li>
<li><span>There are lots of things about T1D that I cannot control.</span></li>
</ul><br/>
<p class=""><span>I give you the full rundown of the past 25 years with T1D this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I tell the story of my diagnosis with T1D, and how this led to me becoming a diabetes psychologist. I also reflect back on the past 25 years and give you my 3 biggest takeaways about how to live a full life, even with T1D along for the ride.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Let's continue&nbsp;the conversation!. Click <strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a> t</strong>o join the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>Over the past 25 years with T1D, I've learned a lot about myself and what it means to face challenges in my life.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Here are just a few of the things I've learn</span>ed:</p>
<ul>
<li><span>T1D is hard, showing me I can do hard things.</span></li>
<li><span>Balancing quality of life with maintaining 'good' blood sugars is crucia</span>l.</li>
<li><span>There are lots of things about T1D that I cannot control.</span></li>
</ul><br/>
<p class=""><span>I give you the full rundown of the past 25 years with T1D this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I tell the story of my diagnosis with T1D, and how this led to me becoming a diabetes psychologist. I also reflect back on the past 25 years and give you my 3 biggest takeaways about how to live a full life, even with T1D along for the ride.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Let's continue&nbsp;the conversation!. Click <strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a> t</strong>o join the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148662051]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148662051</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3155afc8-1e4b-434e-96d4-fca29c6e8156/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/99891432-0176-4a73-9964-f3b22c6410ea.mp3" length="43635157" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#195: You Don&apos;t Have to Buy Your Thoughts About T1D</title><itunes:title>#195: You Don&apos;t Have to Buy Your Thoughts About T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148635478" class="ck-link"><span>​</span></a><span><strong>​</strong></span><span>, I dive into thought patterns about T1D and how to decide whether or not you want to buy your thoughts. I'll give you a step-by-step process to assess your thoughts so you can only buy the ones that are helpful for you.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148635478" class="ck-link"><span>​</span></a><span><strong>​</strong></span><span>, I dive into thought patterns about T1D and how to decide whether or not you want to buy your thoughts. I'll give you a step-by-step process to assess your thoughts so you can only buy the ones that are helpful for you.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148635478]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148635478</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2e3b925b-e05f-46b5-bcb1-5cd21b944486/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/54972741-05ac-430b-9ca0-4791752d5287.mp3" length="24460862" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#194: What I Do With My Crazy Thoughts About T1D</title><itunes:title>#194: What I Do With My Crazy Thoughts About T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="ck-paragraph"><span>We all have thoughts about T1D that are not (completely) accurate, and they are certainly not helpful.</span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>What can you do with these thoughts, and how can you make them more realistic? </span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>That’s exactly what we’re talking about this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>On this episode</span><span>, I discuss how negative thoughts about T1D come about, and how you can identify them. Then, I'll show you a framework you can use to reframe these negative thoughts to make them more empowering.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="ck-paragraph"><span>We all have thoughts about T1D that are not (completely) accurate, and they are certainly not helpful.</span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>What can you do with these thoughts, and how can you make them more realistic? </span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>That’s exactly what we’re talking about this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p class="ck-paragraph"><span>On this episode</span><span>, I discuss how negative thoughts about T1D come about, and how you can identify them. Then, I'll show you a framework you can use to reframe these negative thoughts to make them more empowering.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148635592]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148635592</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b160a9e2-8800-496c-aba7-9b0af49e3720/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/bf765e6b-3b99-4df9-9304-7a99d209a148.mp3" length="34558338" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#193: T1D + Mental Health on Autopilot</title><itunes:title>#193: T1D + Mental Health on Autopilot</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>=On this episode, I explore how people with T1D might manage their mental health on autopilot and why this might be limiting. I’ll also outline a framework to help you step out of autopilot and regain control of your emotional health with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>=On this episode, I explore how people with T1D might manage their mental health on autopilot and why this might be limiting. I’ll also outline a framework to help you step out of autopilot and regain control of your emotional health with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148615986]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148615986</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ab8c5564-1758-42e3-9903-137625924b56/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/06b8dac1-a335-4eaa-bcd6-bb3ac5f01dbd.mp3" length="25967396" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#192: Live Life with T1D on Your Terms</title><itunes:title>#192: Live Life with T1D on Your Terms</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148590267" class="ck-link"><span>​</span></a>​​​​​​​, I talk to Ceri about his journey with T1D over the past year. He talks about how his diagnosis last summer rocked his world and what he did to arrive where he is now—a place of freedom where he can live his life on his terms, and not on diabetes' terms.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148590267" class="ck-link"><span>​</span></a>​​​​​​​, I talk to Ceri about his journey with T1D over the past year. He talks about how his diagnosis last summer rocked his world and what he did to arrive where he is now—a place of freedom where he can live his life on his terms, and not on diabetes' terms.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></span></p>
<p><span>Join the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar Program <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/conquer-your-fear-of-lows">HERE</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148590267]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148590267</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/464dbc09-06f2-496e-873d-6ac02a2312c3/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3b713f06-6f65-4ea5-8001-5e895f3cda23.mp3" length="43755530" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#191: My Conterinuitive Philosophy on T1D + Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#191: My Conterinuitive Philosophy on T1D + Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode</span><span>&nbsp;I dive into my philosophy on T1D + mental health. I talk about why this seemingly counterintuitive approach to dealing with the stress of diabetes works so well, and how you can start using it in your life.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;<em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</strong></em>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.<a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this episode</span><span>&nbsp;I dive into my philosophy on T1D + mental health. I talk about why this seemingly counterintuitive approach to dealing with the stress of diabetes works so well, and how you can start using it in your life.</span></p>
<p><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;<em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</strong></em>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.<a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</a></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148587850]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148587850</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b2ee6ff3-197a-4faa-8b1b-51e07c65c334/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/61d86e5e-d83c-4fec-b979-85718bdca755.mp3" length="34580908" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#190: Diabetes Sucks (for 2 years)!</title><itunes:title>#190: Diabetes Sucks (for 2 years)!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>&nbsp;On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I reflect on the 2-year anniversary of the release of my book,&nbsp;</span><strong><em><span>Diabetes Sucks, and You Can Handle It</span></em></strong><span>. I talk about how the book came about, the impact it has had on people with T1D, my favorite part of the book, and my biggest takeaway.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</span></a><span>​</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>&nbsp;On this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I reflect on the 2-year anniversary of the release of my book,&nbsp;</span><strong><em><span>Diabetes Sucks, and You Can Handle It</span></em></strong><span>. I talk about how the book came about, the impact it has had on people with T1D, my favorite part of the book, and my biggest takeaway.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>If you haven't read&nbsp;</span><em><strong><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span></strong></em><span>, grab your eBook or paperback copy here.</span><a href="https://preview.convertkit-mail2.com/click/dpheh0hzhm/aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cudGhlZGlhYmV0ZXNwc3ljaG9sb2dpc3QuY29tL2Jvb2s=" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book&nbsp;</span></a><span>​</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148585606]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148585606</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a8496b7f-459a-4fc9-ade1-e87a3e9bfe72/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/af480739-6ba1-43bf-8cda-dc1d299ac4b3.mp3" length="29690785" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#189: Stop Overtreating Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#189: Stop Overtreating Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode </span><span>is Ginger Vieira, and she just wrote a new book called&nbsp;</span><em><span>Stop Overtreating During Low Blood Sugar with Diabetes</span></em><span>. We talk about all things low blood sugar. Ginger gives us some great tips on what you can do to avoid overtreating your lows, even if you feel like you're out of control.</span></p>
<p><span>You can find Ginger's new book <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Overeating-During-Blood-Sugars-Diabetes/dp/B0CXX8RHYC">HERE</a></span></p>
<p><span>You can connect with Ginger on <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@DiabetesNerd">Youtube</a> and on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/gingervieira.t1d/">Instagram</a></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Are you ready to break free from the fear of low blood sugar and take back your life? Join the next cohort of the proven Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program. Click <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows">HERE</a> for more information and to join.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode </span><span>is Ginger Vieira, and she just wrote a new book called&nbsp;</span><em><span>Stop Overtreating During Low Blood Sugar with Diabetes</span></em><span>. We talk about all things low blood sugar. Ginger gives us some great tips on what you can do to avoid overtreating your lows, even if you feel like you're out of control.</span></p>
<p><span>You can find Ginger's new book <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Overeating-During-Blood-Sugars-Diabetes/dp/B0CXX8RHYC">HERE</a></span></p>
<p><span>You can connect with Ginger on <a href="https://www.youtube.com/@DiabetesNerd">Youtube</a> and on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/gingervieira.t1d/">Instagram</a></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Are you ready to break free from the fear of low blood sugar and take back your life? Join the next cohort of the proven Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program. Click <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows">HERE</a> for more information and to join.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148582863]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148582863</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/fab91d38-e91c-4158-92fd-598ab633314c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/13ecabc8-f496-4e01-b084-a38770ca82b7.mp3" length="43299745" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#188: Your CGM is Not (always) Your Friend!</title><itunes:title>#188: Your CGM is Not (always) Your Friend!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>Sometimes, the best advice I can give to someone for their mental health is "take off your CGM."</span></p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;</span><span>My CGM makes me feel safe and secure. I like knowing that I'll get an alert if my blood sugar is falling fast. But I also don't look at it very often. I trust my CGM to do its job without micromanaging it.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>For other people (maybe you?), all the info you get from your CGM consumes you. You can't focus on the things that are important to you because you are paying SO MUCH attention to your blood sugars.</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p class=""><span>Can you relate?</span></p>
<p class=""><span>While CGM has been a game-changer in the world of T1D management, it's so important we set boundaries with these devices—and sometimes, that may mean taking them off.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>In this episode </span><span>&nbsp;I talk about the advantages and the challenges that using a CGM can have on your mental health. We dive into the importance of setting boundaries with yourself and other people around your CGM so you can keep yourself safe, both mentally and physically.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Is&nbsp;your anxiety about your blood sugar getting in the way of your life? If so, click the link below to find out more about the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program. New cohorts start the 4th Wednesday of every month!</span></p>
<p class=""><span>https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>Sometimes, the best advice I can give to someone for their mental health is "take off your CGM."</span></p>
<p class=""><span>&nbsp;</span><span>My CGM makes me feel safe and secure. I like knowing that I'll get an alert if my blood sugar is falling fast. But I also don't look at it very often. I trust my CGM to do its job without micromanaging it.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>For other people (maybe you?), all the info you get from your CGM consumes you. You can't focus on the things that are important to you because you are paying SO MUCH attention to your blood sugars.</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p class=""><span>Can you relate?</span></p>
<p class=""><span>While CGM has been a game-changer in the world of T1D management, it's so important we set boundaries with these devices—and sometimes, that may mean taking them off.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>In this episode </span><span>&nbsp;I talk about the advantages and the challenges that using a CGM can have on your mental health. We dive into the importance of setting boundaries with yourself and other people around your CGM so you can keep yourself safe, both mentally and physically.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>Is&nbsp;your anxiety about your blood sugar getting in the way of your life? If so, click the link below to find out more about the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program. New cohorts start the 4th Wednesday of every month!</span></p>
<p class=""><span>https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148577608]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148577608</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/9dde3aa6-c538-437e-b630-c19bfb71d0a9/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/49b8c582-a8be-4674-bf7a-9a93e8020373.mp3" length="32186628" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#187: What To Do When You Backtrack with Your Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#187: What To Do When You Backtrack with Your Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>How do you regain control of your T1D management and mental health when setbacks happen?</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148570587"><span>​</span></a><span>​​​​​​​, I talk about how setbacks are a normal part of your mental health journey with T1D and give you some practical tips you can use to get back on track when you experience a setback (and you will!). </span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>How do you regain control of your T1D management and mental health when setbacks happen?</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148570587"><span>​</span></a><span>​​​​​​​, I talk about how setbacks are a normal part of your mental health journey with T1D and give you some practical tips you can use to get back on track when you experience a setback (and you will!). </span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148570587]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148570587</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/22763fed-604f-4492-8e6e-a8687bb03326/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4db66137-1313-4e9b-8c7b-cced5adade1f.mp3" length="26746681" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#186: What To Do When Panic Sets In</title><itunes:title>#186: What To Do When Panic Sets In</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148570580]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148570580</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/75775037-4bdc-4bcb-ae18-c39ce7478d5f/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/afb4445a-f85f-4887-90bb-c383f8ae4268.mp3" length="21035895" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#185: Are Your Safety Behaviors Keeping You Safe?</title><itunes:title>#185: Are Your Safety Behaviors Keeping You Safe?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>My guess is you do a lot of things to keep yourself "safe" in your life with T1D. At least, you think these things keep you safe. Things like...</p>
<ul>
<li>Checking your CGM every 5 minutes</li>
<li>Reducing your bolus for your food when you feel uncomfortable</li>
<li>Treating "low" blood sugars that are not really low, just to be on the safe side</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>In this episode, I dive into safety behaviors for people with T1D. I talk about how to determine if your behaviors are actually keeping you safe or if they are keeping you stuck in your anxiety. After listening to this episode, you'll have a framework you can use to test these behaviors (safely, of course) to find out if you really need them</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>My guess is you do a lot of things to keep yourself "safe" in your life with T1D. At least, you think these things keep you safe. Things like...</p>
<ul>
<li>Checking your CGM every 5 minutes</li>
<li>Reducing your bolus for your food when you feel uncomfortable</li>
<li>Treating "low" blood sugars that are not really low, just to be on the safe side</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>In this episode, I dive into safety behaviors for people with T1D. I talk about how to determine if your behaviors are actually keeping you safe or if they are keeping you stuck in your anxiety. After listening to this episode, you'll have a framework you can use to test these behaviors (safely, of course) to find out if you really need them</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148566773]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148566773</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/34ba2bc3-cbc3-4232-b87a-4d7c0dfece34/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2024 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/918b6a6f-4729-4ae3-adf3-14e2663f7693.mp3" length="24610700" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#184: Be Open to the Possibility that T1D Can Get Easier</title><itunes:title>#184: Be Open to the Possibility that T1D Can Get Easier</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>There is one thing that I know for sure. If you are closed off the possibility that life with T1D can get easier, it's never going to get easier. </span></p>
<p><span>Being open to the possibility of change greatly increases the likelihood of it happening.</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I talk about what it means to be open to the possibility that things can get easier in your life with T1D. I explain why your mindset matters and I give you some strategies that you can use to change your thinking to be open to things that you may not have thought were possible before.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>There is one thing that I know for sure. If you are closed off the possibility that life with T1D can get easier, it's never going to get easier. </span></p>
<p><span>Being open to the possibility of change greatly increases the likelihood of it happening.</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode,</span><span>&nbsp;I talk about what it means to be open to the possibility that things can get easier in your life with T1D. I explain why your mindset matters and I give you some strategies that you can use to change your thinking to be open to things that you may not have thought were possible before.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148563756]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148563756</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/bb02244f-7d2a-4d27-911c-7f1d9ae2db19/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3b74a15a-5474-4ade-956c-948bba2ed5ca.mp3" length="26754204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#183: What Success Looks Like with T1D + Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#183: What Success Looks Like with T1D + Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">One question I always ask the people I work with is "What does success look like for you?". Their answer is almost always "I don't want to feel (insert negative emotion) anymore.</p>
<p class="">The challenge here is that it's almost impossible to stop feeling one emotion without stopping feeling many, if not all, of your emotions.</p>
<p class="">I try to challenge people—and I want to challenge you—to reframe what success looks like for you.</p>
<p class="">Shifting your perspective to value progress over perfection can lead to a more fulfilling and flexible life.</p>
<p class="">In this episode​​​, I talk about what I think success with T1D + mental health looks like, and how you can reframe success in your mind so you are focusing on behaviors that are going to make the biggest difference in your quality of life.</p>
<p class="">Ready to conquer your fear of low blood sugar and take your life back?&nbsp;Click the link below to join&nbsp;the next cohort of the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program:</p>
<p class="">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">One question I always ask the people I work with is "What does success look like for you?". Their answer is almost always "I don't want to feel (insert negative emotion) anymore.</p>
<p class="">The challenge here is that it's almost impossible to stop feeling one emotion without stopping feeling many, if not all, of your emotions.</p>
<p class="">I try to challenge people—and I want to challenge you—to reframe what success looks like for you.</p>
<p class="">Shifting your perspective to value progress over perfection can lead to a more fulfilling and flexible life.</p>
<p class="">In this episode​​​, I talk about what I think success with T1D + mental health looks like, and how you can reframe success in your mind so you are focusing on behaviors that are going to make the biggest difference in your quality of life.</p>
<p class="">Ready to conquer your fear of low blood sugar and take your life back?&nbsp;Click the link below to join&nbsp;the next cohort of the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program:</p>
<p class="">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148560906]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148560906</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4df01a15-7e30-4d4f-bbd2-eea019b85d65/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 22:27:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f92ccd06-5754-42b1-8666-6f96381b433f.mp3" length="24875895" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#182: Why Avoiding T1D Never Works</title><itunes:title>#182: Why Avoiding T1D Never Works</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">With your mental health with T1D, avoidance doesn't work.</p>
<p class="">In fact, when you avoid our negative emotions, it keeps you stuck in these emotions and you get the exact opposite results that you were hoping for.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;n this episode of the podcast, I talk all about avoidance and how it's the wrong strategy to break free from the stress of diabetes. You’ll learn why it's natural to avoid uncomfortable emotions, but also how this avoidance is counterproductive to living free with T1D.</p>
<p class="">Ready to conquer your fear of low blood sugar and take your life back?&nbsp;Click the link below to join&nbsp;the next cohort of the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program:</p>
<p class="">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">With your mental health with T1D, avoidance doesn't work.</p>
<p class="">In fact, when you avoid our negative emotions, it keeps you stuck in these emotions and you get the exact opposite results that you were hoping for.</p>
<p class="">&nbsp;n this episode of the podcast, I talk all about avoidance and how it's the wrong strategy to break free from the stress of diabetes. You’ll learn why it's natural to avoid uncomfortable emotions, but also how this avoidance is counterproductive to living free with T1D.</p>
<p class="">Ready to conquer your fear of low blood sugar and take your life back?&nbsp;Click the link below to join&nbsp;the next cohort of the Conquer Your Fear of Low Blood Sugar program:</p>
<p class="">https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/fearoflows</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148549191]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148549191</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e1467615-3e33-4640-91ef-6b4bb4289076/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/51e1dc82-5155-474f-b79b-1cffd35bbb68.mp3" length="28498975" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#181: The Path to Mental Health with T1D is Never Straight</title><itunes:title>#181: The Path to Mental Health with T1D is Never Straight</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">You are going to have setbacks in your mental health journey with T1D. As much as I wish that you won’t, the path to emotional health is never a straight line. Expect there to be bumps along the road.</p>
<p class="">The issue isn’t experiencing setbacks; it’s about being prepared for them and recognizing the progress you’ve made when facing setbacks.</p>
<p class="">In reality, the path to emotional health with T1D is a lifelong journey; it’s not a destination.</p>
<p class="">Setbacks in your mental health with T1D are an important part of your growth. If you don’t experience setbacks, you will never be able to move beyond where you are right now.</p>
<p class="">In this&nbsp;episode,&nbsp;I talk about the importance of being prepared for (and even expecting) setbacks in your mental health journey with type 1 diabetes. You’ll see how your approach to the setback can either be a launching pad for success or a recipe for failure, and it all depends on your mindset.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">You are going to have setbacks in your mental health journey with T1D. As much as I wish that you won’t, the path to emotional health is never a straight line. Expect there to be bumps along the road.</p>
<p class="">The issue isn’t experiencing setbacks; it’s about being prepared for them and recognizing the progress you’ve made when facing setbacks.</p>
<p class="">In reality, the path to emotional health with T1D is a lifelong journey; it’s not a destination.</p>
<p class="">Setbacks in your mental health with T1D are an important part of your growth. If you don’t experience setbacks, you will never be able to move beyond where you are right now.</p>
<p class="">In this&nbsp;episode,&nbsp;I talk about the importance of being prepared for (and even expecting) setbacks in your mental health journey with type 1 diabetes. You’ll see how your approach to the setback can either be a launching pad for success or a recipe for failure, and it all depends on your mindset.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148508153]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148508153</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f95e5988-e771-4409-aa98-6cb347f87cb1/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c223e7f5-901f-4a0f-81f0-25f135218030.mp3" length="24886553" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#180: How to Break Free from Your Blood Sugar Prison</title><itunes:title>#180: How to Break Free from Your Blood Sugar Prison</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Most of the folks I talk to feel like a prisoner of their blood sugars. They feel their glucose numbers dictate what they can and can't do, and they tell me they feel trapped—and like there's nothing they can do about it.</span></p>
<p><span>It's true that managing T1D can feel overwhelming, and sometimes, your blood sugars do hold you back. </span></p>
<p><span>But, do they have to hold you back all the time?</span></p>
<p><span>I know that they DON'T!</span></p>
<p><span>How can you break free from being a Blood Sugar Prisoner and transform into a LiveFree Warrior?</span></p>
<p><span>That's what I am talking about this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p><span>In the latest episode of the podcast</span><span>&nbsp;I dig into some of the reasons you feel trapped by your blood sugars and give you some tips on how to break free from your blood sugar prison. Then I describe what it means to become a LiveFree Warrior and show you a path to get there.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Most of the folks I talk to feel like a prisoner of their blood sugars. They feel their glucose numbers dictate what they can and can't do, and they tell me they feel trapped—and like there's nothing they can do about it.</span></p>
<p><span>It's true that managing T1D can feel overwhelming, and sometimes, your blood sugars do hold you back. </span></p>
<p><span>But, do they have to hold you back all the time?</span></p>
<p><span>I know that they DON'T!</span></p>
<p><span>How can you break free from being a Blood Sugar Prisoner and transform into a LiveFree Warrior?</span></p>
<p><span>That's what I am talking about this week on the podcast.</span></p>
<p><span>In the latest episode of the podcast</span><span>&nbsp;I dig into some of the reasons you feel trapped by your blood sugars and give you some tips on how to break free from your blood sugar prison. Then I describe what it means to become a LiveFree Warrior and show you a path to get there.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148508147]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148508147</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5eede626-dbf7-4071-a032-007f23599bc5/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Feb 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/12821e6d-aed3-485f-b351-a9912155259b.mp3" length="22518606" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#179: How to Stop Over-treating Your Lows</title><itunes:title>#179: How to Stop Over-treating Your Lows</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Raise your hand if you ever over-treat your low blood sugars! 🙋‍♂️</p>
<p class="">If you tell me that you don’t, you either have a tremendous amount of self-control, or you’re lying!</p>
<p class="">Your brain is telling your body “I need food or else…” and it’s really hard (sometimes even impossible) not to over-treat.</p>
<p class="">But you know that when you eat the entire refrigerator when your glucose is low, you usually skyrocket your blood sugar and end up on a rollercoaster. 🎢</p>
<p class="">And we all know that never feels good.</p>
<p class="">But what can you do to avoid over-treating your lows?</p>
<p class="">In the latest episode​​​, we talk all about over-treating lows. You’ll learn why you do it (both psychologically and physiologically), and more importantly, what you can do to stop yourself when the urge to over-treat comes on strong.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Raise your hand if you ever over-treat your low blood sugars! 🙋‍♂️</p>
<p class="">If you tell me that you don’t, you either have a tremendous amount of self-control, or you’re lying!</p>
<p class="">Your brain is telling your body “I need food or else…” and it’s really hard (sometimes even impossible) not to over-treat.</p>
<p class="">But you know that when you eat the entire refrigerator when your glucose is low, you usually skyrocket your blood sugar and end up on a rollercoaster. 🎢</p>
<p class="">And we all know that never feels good.</p>
<p class="">But what can you do to avoid over-treating your lows?</p>
<p class="">In the latest episode​​​, we talk all about over-treating lows. You’ll learn why you do it (both psychologically and physiologically), and more importantly, what you can do to stop yourself when the urge to over-treat comes on strong.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148488837]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148488837</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e4a56e28-5ecf-4a6d-ba5e-770e233fd3b1/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c2720da0-a102-4394-a528-15dd53f000bc.mp3" length="24855833" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#178: Your T1D-Related Emotions are NOT Facts</title><itunes:title>#178: Your T1D-Related Emotions are NOT Facts</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Your emotions about T1D play a&nbsp;important&nbsp;role in your life, but here’s a surprising revelation… </span></p>
<p><span>Their role is NOT to tell you facts. 😮</span></p>
<p><span>Emotions are designed to keep you safe, even if it means believing things that aren’t entirely true. </span></p>
<p><span>The good news is, if your emotions aren’t facts, they don’t have to control your life! 🎉</span></p>
<p><span>In this week’s episode of the ​​LiveFree with T1D Podcast​​, I talk about the role your emotions should play in your life with T1D. You’ll discover that when you see emotions for what they truly are (hint: remnants from caveman days), you can start living the life you desire, regardless of how T1D makes you feel. </span></p>
<p><span>Listen to this episode now to learn how to transform your relationship with negative T1D-related emotions and take back your power, even when it feels impossible. </span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Your emotions about T1D play a&nbsp;important&nbsp;role in your life, but here’s a surprising revelation… </span></p>
<p><span>Their role is NOT to tell you facts. 😮</span></p>
<p><span>Emotions are designed to keep you safe, even if it means believing things that aren’t entirely true. </span></p>
<p><span>The good news is, if your emotions aren’t facts, they don’t have to control your life! 🎉</span></p>
<p><span>In this week’s episode of the ​​LiveFree with T1D Podcast​​, I talk about the role your emotions should play in your life with T1D. You’ll discover that when you see emotions for what they truly are (hint: remnants from caveman days), you can start living the life you desire, regardless of how T1D makes you feel. </span></p>
<p><span>Listen to this episode now to learn how to transform your relationship with negative T1D-related emotions and take back your power, even when it feels impossible. </span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148469040]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148469040</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2e6fa81d-ac81-4d92-8840-42752a5f02ae/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4b29786c-102d-48d9-880a-b15dc3028a04.mp3" length="25196261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#177: Cultivating a Growth Mindset with T1D</title><itunes:title>#177: Cultivating a Growth Mindset with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Life with T1D can be demanding, testing our patience and resilience in ways that many others might not fully understand. It's a journey filled with ups and downs, and it's easy to focus on the challenges. However, I want to invite you to shift your perspective and consider the incredible growth that can emerge from these challenges.</p>
<p>You see, a growth mindset is all about believing in your ability to develop and improve. It's about understanding that challenges and setbacks are opportunities for growth and learning. By embracing this mindset, you can transform the way you approach your diabetes.</p>
<p>In this week's episode of the ​LiveFree with T1D Podcast​, I talk about why having a growth mindset in your life with&nbsp;T1D is not only possible, but also necessary for your mental health. I give you some practical tools you can use to start cultivating a growth mindset in your life with T1D.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Life with T1D can be demanding, testing our patience and resilience in ways that many others might not fully understand. It's a journey filled with ups and downs, and it's easy to focus on the challenges. However, I want to invite you to shift your perspective and consider the incredible growth that can emerge from these challenges.</p>
<p>You see, a growth mindset is all about believing in your ability to develop and improve. It's about understanding that challenges and setbacks are opportunities for growth and learning. By embracing this mindset, you can transform the way you approach your diabetes.</p>
<p>In this week's episode of the ​LiveFree with T1D Podcast​, I talk about why having a growth mindset in your life with&nbsp;T1D is not only possible, but also necessary for your mental health. I give you some practical tools you can use to start cultivating a growth mindset in your life with T1D.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148450571]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148450571</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b3ddd343-6391-4964-9928-677a5d0a8346/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/25353600-f754-4c1e-8832-fcacf70b9463.mp3" length="28451954" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#176: Unlocking Your Motivation for T1D Management</title><itunes:title>#176: Unlocking Your Motivation for T1D Management</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">How motivated are you to manage your blood sugars?</p>
<p class="">I'm sure you know that motivation is a tricky thing. It isn't possible to just snap your fingers and have motivation appear out of thin air.</p>
<p class="">And even if you feel motivated to manage your diabetes one minute, it's not uncommon for that motivation to disappear the next.</p>
<p class="">While motivation can be fleeting, there's another tool in our arsenal – discipline.</p>
<p class="">Discipline is the unwavering commitment to show up, work hard, and make the right choices every single day, even when motivation wanes. Motivation might get you started, but it's discipline that keeps you going.</p>
<p class="">This is especially true as you figure out how to consistently manage your blood sugars day after day.</p>
<p class="">In this episode, I talk about how discipline always trumps motivation when it comes to managing diabetes. I'll show you what discipline can look like in your life with diabetes, and how to start implementing these disciplines into your daily life.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">How motivated are you to manage your blood sugars?</p>
<p class="">I'm sure you know that motivation is a tricky thing. It isn't possible to just snap your fingers and have motivation appear out of thin air.</p>
<p class="">And even if you feel motivated to manage your diabetes one minute, it's not uncommon for that motivation to disappear the next.</p>
<p class="">While motivation can be fleeting, there's another tool in our arsenal – discipline.</p>
<p class="">Discipline is the unwavering commitment to show up, work hard, and make the right choices every single day, even when motivation wanes. Motivation might get you started, but it's discipline that keeps you going.</p>
<p class="">This is especially true as you figure out how to consistently manage your blood sugars day after day.</p>
<p class="">In this episode, I talk about how discipline always trumps motivation when it comes to managing diabetes. I'll show you what discipline can look like in your life with diabetes, and how to start implementing these disciplines into your daily life.</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148429868]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148429868</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/d4a54134-3e9e-427e-b2d7-de3fc8f70ada/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jan 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d69cf94e-5653-4713-8d53-d00b567fd200.mp3" length="25197515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#175: T1D + Mental Health Intentions for 2024</title><itunes:title>#175: T1D + Mental Health Intentions for 2024</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Instead of setting “resolutions” for 2024, I decided to set T1D + mental health intentions for myself — and I want to encourage you to do the same thing for yourself.</p>
<p class="">We all want to be more free and flexible in our lives with T1D, and this requires being intentional in how we think about and interact with our diabetes.</p>
<p class="">My intentions for 2024 are:</p>
<ol class="unordered_list">
<li class="list_item"><span>Focus on the big picture.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Don’t get caught up in my negative stories about T1D.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Ask for help when I need it.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Do hard things.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Practice self-compassion.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p class="">In this episode&nbsp;I talk about&nbsp;my intentions and how I will use them to support me in my life with T1D. I hope you can use my process as a model to develop your own T1D + mental health intentions for 2024.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Instead of setting “resolutions” for 2024, I decided to set T1D + mental health intentions for myself — and I want to encourage you to do the same thing for yourself.</p>
<p class="">We all want to be more free and flexible in our lives with T1D, and this requires being intentional in how we think about and interact with our diabetes.</p>
<p class="">My intentions for 2024 are:</p>
<ol class="unordered_list">
<li class="list_item"><span>Focus on the big picture.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Don’t get caught up in my negative stories about T1D.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Ask for help when I need it.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Do hard things.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span>Practice self-compassion.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p class="">In this episode&nbsp;I talk about&nbsp;my intentions and how I will use them to support me in my life with T1D. I hope you can use my process as a model to develop your own T1D + mental health intentions for 2024.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148414236]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148414236</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c8999eb8-cdd5-4daa-b787-70bd0c6a0fe6/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Jan 2024 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/862b7d32-e2e8-48a8-b9ce-6faadcf78e34.mp3" length="27936610" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#174: Manage Your Emotions Around Lows with Confidence </title><itunes:title>#174: Manage Your Emotions Around Lows with Confidence </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Low blood sugar sucks for many reasons. </span></p>
<p><span>Of course, it makes your body feel pretty awful, but it also brings up some really uncomfortable emotions. </span></p>
<p><span>The other day, I was talking to someone about low blood sugar, and a light bulb came on for them. 💡 </span></p>
<p><span>They realized that they were actually more scared of the feeling of being scared than they were of going low. </span></p>
<p><span>They knew they could bring up their blood sugar. However, they were unsure if they’d be able to handle their own fear.</span></p>
<p><span>Uncomfortable emotions (especially fear) are not, well, comfortable. </span></p>
<p><span>But with some simple tools and skills, you’ll be able to see that you can handle them. </span></p>
<p><span>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I talk about what you can do to reframe how you think about the uncomfortable emotions you have when you think about low blood sugar. You’ll see how much your thoughts impact how you feel.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Low blood sugar sucks for many reasons. </span></p>
<p><span>Of course, it makes your body feel pretty awful, but it also brings up some really uncomfortable emotions. </span></p>
<p><span>The other day, I was talking to someone about low blood sugar, and a light bulb came on for them. 💡 </span></p>
<p><span>They realized that they were actually more scared of the feeling of being scared than they were of going low. </span></p>
<p><span>They knew they could bring up their blood sugar. However, they were unsure if they’d be able to handle their own fear.</span></p>
<p><span>Uncomfortable emotions (especially fear) are not, well, comfortable. </span></p>
<p><span>But with some simple tools and skills, you’ll be able to see that you can handle them. </span></p>
<p><span>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I talk about what you can do to reframe how you think about the uncomfortable emotions you have when you think about low blood sugar. You’ll see how much your thoughts impact how you feel.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148388454]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148388454</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/770a4a05-89bf-4f43-934f-eb7a9f63f9a4/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Dec 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/28b43586-6f62-49be-9238-b84513ed057f.mp3" length="32182867" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#173: Tips for Tolerating with Uncomfortable Physical Sensations Around Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#173: Tips for Tolerating with Uncomfortable Physical Sensations Around Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148382081]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148382081</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8fa85bfd-6384-406a-839d-44b30f512e2e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d38bf6d6-309f-4555-bf37-554ba0d97b90.mp3" length="30290139" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#172: Learn to Tackle Uncomfortable Thoughts with T1D </title><itunes:title>#172: Learn to Tackle Uncomfortable Thoughts with T1D </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Learning to sit with discomfort is a skill that can be learned, and over the next couple of weeks on&nbsp;ths podcast, I'm going to teach you how.</p>
<p><span>I'll start by sharing a simple, five-word trick to help you deal with annoying and uncomfortable thoughts about T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>To discover what these five words are, and how you can use them to your advantage, tune in to the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast. </span></p>
<p><span>In this week's episode, I discuss the importance of learning to tolerate unhelpful thoughts, especially those that you know aren't true. Plus, I'll share practical tips to prevent these thoughts from significantly impacting your life and diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Learning to sit with discomfort is a skill that can be learned, and over the next couple of weeks on&nbsp;ths podcast, I'm going to teach you how.</p>
<p><span>I'll start by sharing a simple, five-word trick to help you deal with annoying and uncomfortable thoughts about T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>To discover what these five words are, and how you can use them to your advantage, tune in to the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast. </span></p>
<p><span>In this week's episode, I discuss the importance of learning to tolerate unhelpful thoughts, especially those that you know aren't true. Plus, I'll share practical tips to prevent these thoughts from significantly impacting your life and diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;<strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148368963]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148368963</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2f82487f-ee79-4a7e-b828-0ada91884fec/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Dec 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/19ce954f-f293-49c1-96e8-37e185eb381c.mp3" length="33530785" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#171: When to Pay Special Attention to Your Mental Health with T1D</title><itunes:title>#171: When to Pay Special Attention to Your Mental Health with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Being aware of when it's particularly important to be mindful of your emotional health can empower you to act proactively. Here are three key times when you should pay special attention to your emotions and mindset:</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span>When starting a new treatment</span></li>
<li><span>During the holiday season</span></li>
<li><span>Whenever your stress level is generally high</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p><span>In this episode I talk more about each of these scenarios and give you examples from my own life about why it's been important to take time out when these situations come up.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Being aware of when it's particularly important to be mindful of your emotional health can empower you to act proactively. Here are three key times when you should pay special attention to your emotions and mindset:</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span>When starting a new treatment</span></li>
<li><span>During the holiday season</span></li>
<li><span>Whenever your stress level is generally high</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p><span>In this episode I talk more about each of these scenarios and give you examples from my own life about why it's been important to take time out when these situations come up.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148352442]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148352442</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/678a075e-ae24-446c-913a-4b89cf227d15/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Wed, 06 Dec 2023 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/96027adf-794c-4d03-9adf-90bc557f3f73.mp3" length="22160624" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#170: 3 Mistakes Your Making with Fear of Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#170: 3 Mistakes Your Making with Fear of Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">My goal is to make sure that you're set up for success with your mental health around T1D, especially if you are dealing with a fear of low blood sugar. To do this, it's helpful to look at the top 3 mistakes you're probably making to deal with your fear of lows:</p>
<ol class="unordered_list">
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You define success as getting rid of your fear:</strong>&nbsp;It makes sense, right? You want your fear to go away. But what if, instead, you focused on doing the things your fear stops you from doing?</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You overthink and over plan:</strong>&nbsp;Your goal is to think about your fear of lows as little as possible. But overthinking and over planning just make you think about it more, without making you any safer.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You keep your blood sugar high:&nbsp;</strong>While this strategy may reduce your anxiety in the short term, it does nothing to make your fear of lows go away. It likely makes it worse.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p class="">On this episode, I dive deeper into what you're doing that's likely not working, and give you some tips that will help you better manage your fear of low blood sugar!</p>
<p class=""><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">My goal is to make sure that you're set up for success with your mental health around T1D, especially if you are dealing with a fear of low blood sugar. To do this, it's helpful to look at the top 3 mistakes you're probably making to deal with your fear of lows:</p>
<ol class="unordered_list">
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You define success as getting rid of your fear:</strong>&nbsp;It makes sense, right? You want your fear to go away. But what if, instead, you focused on doing the things your fear stops you from doing?</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You overthink and over plan:</strong>&nbsp;Your goal is to think about your fear of lows as little as possible. But overthinking and over planning just make you think about it more, without making you any safer.</span></li>
<li class="list_item"><span><strong>You keep your blood sugar high:&nbsp;</strong>While this strategy may reduce your anxiety in the short term, it does nothing to make your fear of lows go away. It likely makes it worse.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p class="">On this episode, I dive deeper into what you're doing that's likely not working, and give you some tips that will help you better manage your fear of low blood sugar!</p>
<p class=""><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of the LiveFree with T1D Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148334392]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148334392</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/151d3cf0-a728-4b35-ae6e-00b3cca83ddc/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e4f0ed52-e78e-442d-af04-f0bcb56671b5.mp3" length="20652836" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#169: Can You Be Thankful for T1D?</title><itunes:title>#169: Can You Be Thankful for T1D?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Is it possible to be thankful for diabetes?</p>
<p class="">I believe the answer is yes.</p>
<p class="">But to be thankful for diabetes means holding two opposing concepts in your mind at the same time - gratitude and T1D.</p>
<p class="">Imagine for a moment: If you didn’t have T1D, what would you not have that you have because you have T1D? On this Thanksgiving episode of the<span>&nbsp;</span>LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I’ll dive into this question and consider the possibilities.</p>
<p class="">Remember, being thankful for diabetes doesn’t mean you want to have it, and you wouldn’t get rid of it if you could. It simply means that you are acknowledging the positives alongside the challenges.</p>
<p class="">Listen to&nbsp;this episode<strong><span>&nbsp;</span></strong>and discover the power of gratitude in your journey with diabetes.</p>
<p class=""><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
<p class="">&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Is it possible to be thankful for diabetes?</p>
<p class="">I believe the answer is yes.</p>
<p class="">But to be thankful for diabetes means holding two opposing concepts in your mind at the same time - gratitude and T1D.</p>
<p class="">Imagine for a moment: If you didn’t have T1D, what would you not have that you have because you have T1D? On this Thanksgiving episode of the<span>&nbsp;</span>LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I’ll dive into this question and consider the possibilities.</p>
<p class="">Remember, being thankful for diabetes doesn’t mean you want to have it, and you wouldn’t get rid of it if you could. It simply means that you are acknowledging the positives alongside the challenges.</p>
<p class="">Listen to&nbsp;this episode<strong><span>&nbsp;</span></strong>and discover the power of gratitude in your journey with diabetes.</p>
<p class=""><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
<p class="">&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148299035]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148299035</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/9e716c3a-1f87-4e3b-8128-5249fa494e4d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1417d5eb-be32-4dea-8b5e-99ff1ff922f1.mp3" length="14158377" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#168: Breaking Free from the Blood Sugar Cycle of Avoidance</title><itunes:title>#168: Breaking Free from the Blood Sugar Cycle of Avoidance</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><strong>The blood Sugar Cycle of Avoidance is&nbsp;</strong>&nbsp;a common pattern for people with T1D, and it might be holding you back.</p>
<p class=""><strong>The cycle</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>often starts with a simple decision, like turning down an invitation due to the fear of low blood sugar. But this avoidance can snowball, causing you to miss out on more activities and experiences.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Why is it a big deal?</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>It limits your life, keeps you stuck in your comfort zone, and your brain, trying to keep you safe, only makes it worse.</p>
<p class=""><strong>But here’s the good news:</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>You can break free!</p>
<p class=""><strong>&nbsp;</strong>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast&nbsp;I dive deeper into the blood sugar cycle of avoidance. I talk about how you got into it, why it’s not helpful, and what you can do to get out of this cycle.</p>
<p class="">If you feel like anxiety about your blood sugars is holding you back, and you don’t know how to move forward, you’re going to love this episode!</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><strong>The blood Sugar Cycle of Avoidance is&nbsp;</strong>&nbsp;a common pattern for people with T1D, and it might be holding you back.</p>
<p class=""><strong>The cycle</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>often starts with a simple decision, like turning down an invitation due to the fear of low blood sugar. But this avoidance can snowball, causing you to miss out on more activities and experiences.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Why is it a big deal?</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>It limits your life, keeps you stuck in your comfort zone, and your brain, trying to keep you safe, only makes it worse.</p>
<p class=""><strong>But here’s the good news:</strong><span>&nbsp;</span>You can break free!</p>
<p class=""><strong>&nbsp;</strong>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast&nbsp;I dive deeper into the blood sugar cycle of avoidance. I talk about how you got into it, why it’s not helpful, and what you can do to get out of this cycle.</p>
<p class="">If you feel like anxiety about your blood sugars is holding you back, and you don’t know how to move forward, you’re going to love this episode!</p>
<p><span>Click&nbsp;</span><strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong><span>&nbsp;to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148298699]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148298699</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/633b77de-8475-44ad-a329-c06bc894b89a/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Nov 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2db26713-df3a-41b4-8471-a3ac43019ba8.mp3" length="25108490" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#167: Six Signs You Have a Fear of Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#167: Six Signs You Have a Fear of Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">You may be wondering if you have a fear of low blood sugar. Today I want to give you THREE signs that you may be experiencing a fear of lows.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #1:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Under-Bolus</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You take less insulin to cover the carbs you eat because you worry about what might happen in your blood sugar drops low.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #2:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Stay in Exercise Mode All the Time</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You feel safe(r) when the target blood sugar on your pump is on the higher side.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #3:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Avoid Activities</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You would rather stay away from activities you enjoy than risk going low.</p>
<p class="">On this episode, I talk more about these three signs and tell you about three others that I did not list here.</p>
<p class=""><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong> to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">You may be wondering if you have a fear of low blood sugar. Today I want to give you THREE signs that you may be experiencing a fear of lows.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #1:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Under-Bolus</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You take less insulin to cover the carbs you eat because you worry about what might happen in your blood sugar drops low.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #2:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Stay in Exercise Mode All the Time</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You feel safe(r) when the target blood sugar on your pump is on the higher side.</p>
<p class=""><strong>Sign #3:<span>&nbsp;</span></strong><em><strong>You Avoid Activities</strong></em></p>
<p class="">You would rather stay away from activities you enjoy than risk going low.</p>
<p class="">On this episode, I talk more about these three signs and tell you about three others that I did not list here.</p>
<p class=""><span>Click <strong><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">HERE</a></strong> to Become a Member of Our Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook – It’s Your Free Support Network!</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148283660]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148283660</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0d7981b4-4718-476f-9a95-393150a5c8eb/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/075c70db-655f-4cc5-94e3-b2d5e0d4134a.mp3" length="27586152" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#166: Low Blood Sugar SUCKS!</title><itunes:title>#166: Low Blood Sugar SUCKS!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">There’s no way around it: low blood sugars are no fun. Actually, to put it more accurately, low blood sugar SUCKS.</p>
<p class="">But the question always arises—what can you do to deal with lows when you have them, without letting them get in the way of your diabetes management or your life? It’s something I often think about, and I’ve been considering it even more over the past month, as I’ve had my fair share of lows.</p>
<p class="">In this episode,&nbsp;I dive into my diabetes management journey during October 2023, including the lows. I talk about some of the lows I’ve experienced, and what I’ve done to manage them so they impact my life as little as possible.</p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a><span>&nbsp;</span><br><br><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">There’s no way around it: low blood sugars are no fun. Actually, to put it more accurately, low blood sugar SUCKS.</p>
<p class="">But the question always arises—what can you do to deal with lows when you have them, without letting them get in the way of your diabetes management or your life? It’s something I often think about, and I’ve been considering it even more over the past month, as I’ve had my fair share of lows.</p>
<p class="">In this episode,&nbsp;I dive into my diabetes management journey during October 2023, including the lows. I talk about some of the lows I’ve experienced, and what I’ve done to manage them so they impact my life as little as possible.</p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a><span>&nbsp;</span><br><br><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148266744]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148266744</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6db76f27-5b95-45b0-a392-54f48c65b409/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f2106765-c44b-423c-975e-45b5aac25516.mp3" length="44996525" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#165: What It Means to Rethink Your Diabetes</title><itunes:title>#165: What It Means to Rethink Your Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast is Falyn. Not only does she live with T1D, but her three-year-old daughter was recently diagnosed as well. In this episode, I coach Falyn on how to let go of her beliefs about her own diabetes so she can be there for her daughter.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast is Falyn. Not only does she live with T1D, but her three-year-old daughter was recently diagnosed as well. In this episode, I coach Falyn on how to let go of her beliefs about her own diabetes so she can be there for her daughter.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148247272]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148247272</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0d8d1a63-53f0-44eb-8464-52213ca09574/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2fac277a-b028-4f14-bdee-bd1bd96f389d.mp3" length="38402726" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#164: How to Find Joy in Your Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>#164: How to Find Joy in Your Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>What if it was possible not only to experience joy but to live a joyful life with T1D?&nbsp;</span><span>I believe it's possible and I want to show you how.</span></p>
<p><span>On this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk all about joy and how you can experience joy, even with T1D is challenging. I give you some tools and strategies you can use to intentionally find joy in your life with T1D, and I invite you to a special event I am hosting next week on joy.</span></p>
<p><span>ReImagine T1D is on October 26, 2023. Click <a href="http://www.reimagineT1D.com">HERE</a> to register now!&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>What if it was possible not only to experience joy but to live a joyful life with T1D?&nbsp;</span><span>I believe it's possible and I want to show you how.</span></p>
<p><span>On this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk all about joy and how you can experience joy, even with T1D is challenging. I give you some tools and strategies you can use to intentionally find joy in your life with T1D, and I invite you to a special event I am hosting next week on joy.</span></p>
<p><span>ReImagine T1D is on October 26, 2023. Click <a href="http://www.reimagineT1D.com">HERE</a> to register now!&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148232884]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148232884</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/fdc7bda0-bc02-448a-904d-5136f071f163/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d0a61f83-66ec-4d10-96c1-894f1a04e649.mp3" length="24955517" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#163: Tips for Getting What You Need From Your Endo</title><itunes:title>#163: Tips for Getting What You Need From Your Endo</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>When was your last appointment with your endocrinologist? Did you feel that your doctor allowed you to set the agenda for the appointment and genuinely listened to your concerns?</span></p>
<p><span>While there’s no excuse for a subpar diabetes care team, it doesn’t mean that all hope is lost. With a little advocacy and asserting your own agenda, it’s possible to ensure your needs are met by your endocrinologist.</span></p>
<p><span>Laura’s daughter was diagnosed with T1D in 2020, and since then, they’ve encountered challenges in getting their diabetes care team to genuinely listen to them. Laura has developed some creative strategies to address her daughter’s needs. In this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I provide guidance to Laura on how she can advocate for her daughter and herself, even when the doctor may not be receptive to changing their approach.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>When was your last appointment with your endocrinologist? Did you feel that your doctor allowed you to set the agenda for the appointment and genuinely listened to your concerns?</span></p>
<p><span>While there’s no excuse for a subpar diabetes care team, it doesn’t mean that all hope is lost. With a little advocacy and asserting your own agenda, it’s possible to ensure your needs are met by your endocrinologist.</span></p>
<p><span>Laura’s daughter was diagnosed with T1D in 2020, and since then, they’ve encountered challenges in getting their diabetes care team to genuinely listen to them. Laura has developed some creative strategies to address her daughter’s needs. In this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I provide guidance to Laura on how she can advocate for her daughter and herself, even when the doctor may not be receptive to changing their approach.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148207705]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148207705</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/639b666e-8cb2-44f7-837b-fd7d0681a420/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a4e94000-64d5-4b01-a539-bede4067106f.mp3" length="41356235" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#162: How to Create an Environment to Set Yourself Up for Success with T1D</title><itunes:title>#162: How to Create an Environment to Set Yourself Up for Success with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In the past month, my blood sugars have been much more stable compared to the rollercoaster ride of the summer. Naturally, my curiosity got the better of me, leading me to investigate the underlying reasons.</span></p>
<p><span>After some thought, I managed to pinpoint a crucial factor - my environment. The great news is, I've realized that I have a significant degree of control over my environment. This revelation has enabled me to make specific adjustments that have had a big impact on my diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>On this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast episode, I take a closer look at my diabetes management journey throughout September 2023. During this episode, I discuss the concrete steps I took to create an environment conducive to successful diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In the past month, my blood sugars have been much more stable compared to the rollercoaster ride of the summer. Naturally, my curiosity got the better of me, leading me to investigate the underlying reasons.</span></p>
<p><span>After some thought, I managed to pinpoint a crucial factor - my environment. The great news is, I've realized that I have a significant degree of control over my environment. This revelation has enabled me to make specific adjustments that have had a big impact on my diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>On this episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast episode, I take a closer look at my diabetes management journey throughout September 2023. During this episode, I discuss the concrete steps I took to create an environment conducive to successful diabetes management.</span></p>
<p><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148192990]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148192990</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b0d28987-e1f2-4068-a03a-20e62930bf43/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6b8643d4-9338-43db-8859-d1ab56da62ea.mp3" length="24868372" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#161: Tips for Dealing with Fear of Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#161: Tips for Dealing with Fear of Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I chat with Stefano, a college senior. Since starting college, Stefano has been dealing with anxiety around hypoglycemia. At times, it's been paralyzing for him. Stefano recently shared how the LiveFree with T1D podcast made a significant difference in his journey of addressing this fear.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>In our conversation, he dives into his personal story and reveals the key shift that helped him confront and control his anxieties.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>You can follow Stefano on Instagram at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/typeonedisaster">@typeonedisaster</a></span></p>
<p class=""><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class=""><span>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I chat with Stefano, a college senior. Since starting college, Stefano has been dealing with anxiety around hypoglycemia. At times, it's been paralyzing for him. Stefano recently shared how the LiveFree with T1D podcast made a significant difference in his journey of addressing this fear.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>In our conversation, he dives into his personal story and reveals the key shift that helped him confront and control his anxieties.</span></p>
<p class=""><span>You can follow Stefano on Instagram at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/typeonedisaster">@typeonedisaster</a></span></p>
<p class=""><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;<br><br>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148171180]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148171180</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c8a50518-ebce-4568-98c9-eac20d0fc35b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Sep 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2b31d38c-6bdc-4bcf-a4d6-441cebe7a800.mp3" length="46080219" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#160: Why Community is Critical for People with T1D</title><itunes:title>#160: Why Community is Critical for People with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>The diabetes community is vast and varied. In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, we explore an exceptional part of it.</span><br><span>My guest is Neil Greathouse. He’s not just talented; he’s dedicated. Over the past year, Neil made a daily video on diabetes education and support.</span><br><br><span>The impact? Phenomenal!</span><br><br><span>Our chat revolves around Neil’s insights from the year, but one theme stands out: the significance of community for those with T1D.</span><br><br><span>If you’ve ever felt isolated dealing with T1D, this episode is a beacon. There’s a community out there, eager to be by your side</span><br><br><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a><span>&nbsp;</span><br><br><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>The diabetes community is vast and varied. In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, we explore an exceptional part of it.</span><br><span>My guest is Neil Greathouse. He’s not just talented; he’s dedicated. Over the past year, Neil made a daily video on diabetes education and support.</span><br><br><span>The impact? Phenomenal!</span><br><br><span>Our chat revolves around Neil’s insights from the year, but one theme stands out: the significance of community for those with T1D.</span><br><br><span>If you’ve ever felt isolated dealing with T1D, this episode is a beacon. There’s a community out there, eager to be by your side</span><br><br><span>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a><span>&nbsp;</span><br><br><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148142068]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148142068</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e4eee296-3ed5-4bcd-9b10-701bef97877e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/57360405-340d-4527-a21f-a1cab5f6707a.mp3" length="44195014" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#159: How to Prioritize Self-Care in Your Life with T1D </title><itunes:title>#159: How to Prioritize Self-Care in Your Life with T1D </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Life can feel chaotic, and it can seem like the demands are coming at you from all sides. And then your blood sugars don't cooperate, making things even more challenging.&nbsp;</span><span>&nbsp;</span><span>&nbsp;</span><span>Here's a secret. When you take time to take care of yourself, you'll be in a better spot to take care of other people. This is especially true for people with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span>On the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk to Josh about the importance of self-care for people with T1D, especially when you feel like you just don't have time. I coach Josh and help him see that self-care not only helps him but also helps all the kids and counselors with T1D he works with every day.</span></p>
<p><span>If you struggle with prioritizing self-care in your life with T1D, this episode is for you!</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Life can feel chaotic, and it can seem like the demands are coming at you from all sides. And then your blood sugars don't cooperate, making things even more challenging.&nbsp;</span><span>&nbsp;</span><span>&nbsp;</span><span>Here's a secret. When you take time to take care of yourself, you'll be in a better spot to take care of other people. This is especially true for people with T1D.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span>On the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk to Josh about the importance of self-care for people with T1D, especially when you feel like you just don't have time. I coach Josh and help him see that self-care not only helps him but also helps all the kids and counselors with T1D he works with every day.</span></p>
<p><span>If you struggle with prioritizing self-care in your life with T1D, this episode is for you!</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148125810]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148125810</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a59ced51-b266-4490-b0e2-50d67729b038/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fd408529-5249-4a12-978f-2db6626718b6.mp3" length="40510495" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#158: Dr. Mark&apos;s August 2023 T1D Management: Going Off the Grid</title><itunes:title>#158: Dr. Mark&apos;s August 2023 T1D Management: Going Off the Grid</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;August 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;August 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148118644]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148118644</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0610eabf-10fe-437d-9615-6e9a144ea131/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e8b22b50-a734-413a-a1e5-eda008cd3f2d.mp3" length="37362635" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#157: Practical Tools to Manage T1D Without Letting It Take Over Your Life </title><itunes:title>#157: Practical Tools to Manage T1D Without Letting It Take Over Your Life </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Do you ever feel like your life is all about type 1 diabetes? You’re not alone. Living with T1D is a full-time job, and it can feel overwhelming, especially if you also work in the diabetes field.</span></p>
<p><span>Here’s the good news: You don’t have to let T1D control your life. I’ve got two simple, practical tips to share that could make a real difference for you.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span><strong>Cut Yourself Some Slack</strong>: Stop aiming for perfection in managing your T1D. It’s okay not to get it right all the time. Lightening up on yourself can actually relieve a lot of stress.</span></li>
<li><span><strong>Set Boundaries</strong>: You don’t need to talk or think about diabetes 24/7. Make it clear to the people around you, too. This helps you focus on other aspects of your life, giving you a well-deserved break from T1D.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p><span>On the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk with healthcare providers who also have T1D. They love what they do but sometimes feel that T1D is consuming their lives. I share these exact strategies with them to help them maintain a healthier balance.</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Do you ever feel like your life is all about type 1 diabetes? You’re not alone. Living with T1D is a full-time job, and it can feel overwhelming, especially if you also work in the diabetes field.</span></p>
<p><span>Here’s the good news: You don’t have to let T1D control your life. I’ve got two simple, practical tips to share that could make a real difference for you.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span><strong>Cut Yourself Some Slack</strong>: Stop aiming for perfection in managing your T1D. It’s okay not to get it right all the time. Lightening up on yourself can actually relieve a lot of stress.</span></li>
<li><span><strong>Set Boundaries</strong>: You don’t need to talk or think about diabetes 24/7. Make it clear to the people around you, too. This helps you focus on other aspects of your life, giving you a well-deserved break from T1D.</span></li>
</ol><br/>
<p><span>On the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I talk with healthcare providers who also have T1D. They love what they do but sometimes feel that T1D is consuming their lives. I share these exact strategies with them to help them maintain a healthier balance.</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148103791]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148103791</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/92cbbd3c-6be2-4a85-a995-a790ce596266/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 31 Aug 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ae6d6d91-e04c-4a6a-90e8-1eb9a878148c.mp3" length="50545277" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#156: Exploring the &apos;Disability&apos; Label in T1D</title><itunes:title>#156: Exploring the &apos;Disability&apos; Label in T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the often debated topic: is T1D a "disability"? While the dictionary has its definition, the real impact lies in how such a label affects our emotional well-being and self-perception. Join Dr. Mark as he offers guidance, discusses with Andrea about her experience in job applications, and uncovers ways to provide clarity on this intriguing topic.</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark dives into the often debated topic: is T1D a "disability"? While the dictionary has its definition, the real impact lies in how such a label affects our emotional well-being and self-perception. Join Dr. Mark as he offers guidance, discusses with Andrea about her experience in job applications, and uncovers ways to provide clarity on this intriguing topic.</span></p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148046478]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148046478</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/74fe57f4-bfd4-44df-a3bd-e2840e394265/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3c0a1077-3e13-44ba-867e-b277408f2b94.mp3" length="44148620" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#155: How to Simplify Your Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>#155: How to Simplify Your Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>How can you create an environment to set you up for success in your life with T1D?&nbsp;Once that's in place, navigating life with T1D becomes so much simpler!</p>
<p>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I coach Jeff on cultivating an environment where his 10 year old son Jackson can flourish both as a regular kid and someone managing T1D. Dive in as I share actionable tips to help Jeff, and by extension you, to shift mindsets and behaviors for better T1D management.</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>How can you create an environment to set you up for success in your life with T1D?&nbsp;Once that's in place, navigating life with T1D becomes so much simpler!</p>
<p>In the latest episode of the LiveFree with T1D Podcast, I coach Jeff on cultivating an environment where his 10 year old son Jackson can flourish both as a regular kid and someone managing T1D. Dive in as I share actionable tips to help Jeff, and by extension you, to shift mindsets and behaviors for better T1D management.</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148046476]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148046476</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b20a8c8c-60fb-407c-b381-db9efcb60412/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/60b155d6-b425-45ee-960f-57597fc81801.mp3" length="44150501" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#154: A1C vs TIR: Let&apos;s Break it Down </title><itunes:title>#154: A1C vs TIR: Let&apos;s Break it Down </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we're breaking down some important topics that touch the lives of every T1D out there: A1C and time-in-range (TIR).</p>
<p><strong>Topics Discussed:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Dr. Mark's own experiences sharing his TIR on Instagram and the community's response.</li>
<li>The interesting contrast between the comfort levels when discussing TIR and A1C, both personally and in the T1D community.</li>
<li>An in-depth conversation with Grace, who, like many others, feels more open about discussing TIR than A1C.</li>
<li>We delve into why sharing A1C can feel more loaded than sharing TIR and why this might be the case.</li>
<li>Dr. Mark coaches Grace on how to reframe her mindset around A1C and TIR.</li>
<li>The potential benefits of this mindset shift in promoting openness and reducing stigma around sharing T1D data.</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we're breaking down some important topics that touch the lives of every T1D out there: A1C and time-in-range (TIR).</p>
<p><strong>Topics Discussed:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Dr. Mark's own experiences sharing his TIR on Instagram and the community's response.</li>
<li>The interesting contrast between the comfort levels when discussing TIR and A1C, both personally and in the T1D community.</li>
<li>An in-depth conversation with Grace, who, like many others, feels more open about discussing TIR than A1C.</li>
<li>We delve into why sharing A1C can feel more loaded than sharing TIR and why this might be the case.</li>
<li>Dr. Mark coaches Grace on how to reframe her mindset around A1C and TIR.</li>
<li>The potential benefits of this mindset shift in promoting openness and reducing stigma around sharing T1D data.</li>
</ul><br/>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148046475]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148046475</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5966c2b7-c994-4166-8c55-250238876d9b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/eddccd2b-4cda-45d2-bc50-466ad3dd564e.mp3" length="44658321" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#153: Dr. Mark&apos;s July 2023 T1D Management: Trying a New Insulin Pump</title><itunes:title>#153: Dr. Mark&apos;s July 2023 T1D Management: Trying a New Insulin Pump</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;July 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip! <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;July 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip! <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2148040429]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2148040429</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3742502a-eee8-477a-ac4f-f4de44bb6bc3/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Aug 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/22589b4f-b445-4ee7-ae63-afa16b27285b.mp3" length="37022207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#152: How To Get Back To Feeling Normal Again</title><itunes:title>#152: How To Get Back To Feeling Normal Again</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Remember being a teen, when all you wanted was to fit in? Living with T1D, or loving someone who does, can make feeling "normal" a real challenge. Emotions, friendships, and how we see ourselves can all get mixed up in it!</p>
<p class="">I won't pretend it's easy to be a teen with T1D. But, have you ever thought that the way you see things can make it harder? What if we could change how we see things?</p>
<p class="">I recently chatted with Kyra, who found out she has T1D at 17. She's been dealing with a bunch of feelings, many of which come from not wanting her diabetes to make her stand out.</p>
<p class="">In this week's LiveFree with T1D podcast, I help Kyra take a close look at how she talks about her life with T1D. We found that some words she often uses can create a negative view of herself that may not match up with her real life. Like adjusting the sails on her sailboat, we work together to help her rethink her journey with T1D.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">Remember being a teen, when all you wanted was to fit in? Living with T1D, or loving someone who does, can make feeling "normal" a real challenge. Emotions, friendships, and how we see ourselves can all get mixed up in it!</p>
<p class="">I won't pretend it's easy to be a teen with T1D. But, have you ever thought that the way you see things can make it harder? What if we could change how we see things?</p>
<p class="">I recently chatted with Kyra, who found out she has T1D at 17. She's been dealing with a bunch of feelings, many of which come from not wanting her diabetes to make her stand out.</p>
<p class="">In this week's LiveFree with T1D podcast, I help Kyra take a close look at how she talks about her life with T1D. We found that some words she often uses can create a negative view of herself that may not match up with her real life. Like adjusting the sails on her sailboat, we work together to help her rethink her journey with T1D.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952166]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952166</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5a3cc184-7e19-414f-a042-21d67774b8b9/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Jul 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6cb9625b-51a9-48f8-a69e-6958856817fc.mp3" length="43818224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#151: Watch Your Language (About T1D)</title><itunes:title>#151: Watch Your Language (About T1D)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I coach Catherine to pay attention to the words she uses when talking about T1D. It seems she has developed a habit of using certain words that, upon closer examination, aren't actually accurate. These words have shaped how she thinks about her diabetes. By focusing on the sails of her diabetes stress management sailboat, I help Catherine transform her language and her mindset, making her T1D easier to handle.</span></p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>On this week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I coach Catherine to pay attention to the words she uses when talking about T1D. It seems she has developed a habit of using certain words that, upon closer examination, aren't actually accurate. These words have shaped how she thinks about her diabetes. By focusing on the sails of her diabetes stress management sailboat, I help Catherine transform her language and her mindset, making her T1D easier to handle.</span></p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952165]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952165</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/16d4acb0-8d4c-44fb-87e1-b266297dafb2/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/df9c4e75-8f9d-44a2-a84b-5f1e48838542.mp3" length="47533463" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#150: Weight Loss with T1D</title><itunes:title>#150: Weight Loss with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="">The&nbsp;numbers on the scale can be a big source of stress for people with T1D. It just adds to the mental and emotional load that diabetes already brings. But what can we do about it?</p>
<p class="">Meet Jeff. He's a former pro athlete. But since he retired and got a little older, he's been struggling to lose weight. Like many of us, when Jeff goes low, he tends to binge eat. And this cancels out any progress he's made towards controlling his weight.</p>
<p class="">This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I'm working with Jeff. I'm helping him change his thinking about his weight and pay more attention to his overall health. We talk about how the number on the scale is just a number. And we discuss better ways to measure health.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="">The&nbsp;numbers on the scale can be a big source of stress for people with T1D. It just adds to the mental and emotional load that diabetes already brings. But what can we do about it?</p>
<p class="">Meet Jeff. He's a former pro athlete. But since he retired and got a little older, he's been struggling to lose weight. Like many of us, when Jeff goes low, he tends to binge eat. And this cancels out any progress he's made towards controlling his weight.</p>
<p class="">This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I'm working with Jeff. I'm helping him change his thinking about his weight and pay more attention to his overall health. We talk about how the number on the scale is just a number. And we discuss better ways to measure health.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952164]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952164</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/cb9c826c-102f-4816-b676-6709ec890f2c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jul 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ad0b08a6-0313-4a2d-8fb4-3f15014f9009.mp3" length="44771797" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#149: Dr. Mark&apos;s June 2023 T1D Management: My Diaversary and Forgetting My Pump At Home</title><itunes:title>#149: Dr. Mark&apos;s June 2023 T1D Management: My Diaversary and Forgetting My Pump At Home</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;June 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>/tip</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in&nbsp;June 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>/tip</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952163]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952163</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6de082b0-ea74-438f-a38d-32af6d26384a/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5ee4591b-ce23-4a44-829c-38a804c8c97a.mp3" length="36818452" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#148: Unmasking the Insurance Battle for People with T1D</title><itunes:title>#148: Unmasking the Insurance Battle for People with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Ever had folks ask you if you can eat certain foods because you have T1D? Or if eating too much sugar is the reason you have T1D? Yeah, we all have.</p>
<p>Having to educate people all the time about T1D, especially when it's people who should already know, like those insurance company reps is frustrating!</p>
<p>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I coach Rob. He's spent loads of time trying to get his insurance company to understand his needs. But most times, it's like they just don't get it. We&nbsp;talk about how he can cope with this frustration and keep going, focusing on his 'why', even when he feels like he's not getting anywhere.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Ever had folks ask you if you can eat certain foods because you have T1D? Or if eating too much sugar is the reason you have T1D? Yeah, we all have.</p>
<p>Having to educate people all the time about T1D, especially when it's people who should already know, like those insurance company reps is frustrating!</p>
<p>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I coach Rob. He's spent loads of time trying to get his insurance company to understand his needs. But most times, it's like they just don't get it. We&nbsp;talk about how he can cope with this frustration and keep going, focusing on his 'why', even when he feels like he's not getting anywhere.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952162]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952162</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6bf904ba-9e5c-4187-bd27-e7b009dee7de/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ae2903ca-f6c2-4ed4-a547-8b26f95d0d42.mp3" length="39445952" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#147: Your Guide to Letting Go in T1D Management </title><itunes:title>#147: Your Guide to Letting Go in T1D Management </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Becoming more independent while managing diabetes is no small feat. Suddenly, you're the one in charge of ordering your own supplies, remembering to bolus, and dealing with your lows. With freedom comes responsibility, right?</p>
<p>For parents of young adults with T1D, the struggle is real too. Letting go is not easy, and if you're nodding along, you'll definitely resonate with Leslie's story.</p>
<p>Leslie's son, now 20, is stepping into a new phase of life where he is more independent, both in general and in his T1D management. This newfound independence is normal for someone his age, but it's also sparking concerns for Leslie. She's becoming increasingly anxious about his safety and well-being.</p>
<p>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I chat with Leslie about the challenges of letting go. We explore how her mindset might be amplifying these difficulties, and discuss ways she can adjust her perspective to ease her worries and give her son more room to grow.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Becoming more independent while managing diabetes is no small feat. Suddenly, you're the one in charge of ordering your own supplies, remembering to bolus, and dealing with your lows. With freedom comes responsibility, right?</p>
<p>For parents of young adults with T1D, the struggle is real too. Letting go is not easy, and if you're nodding along, you'll definitely resonate with Leslie's story.</p>
<p>Leslie's son, now 20, is stepping into a new phase of life where he is more independent, both in general and in his T1D management. This newfound independence is normal for someone his age, but it's also sparking concerns for Leslie. She's becoming increasingly anxious about his safety and well-being.</p>
<p>This week on the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I chat with Leslie about the challenges of letting go. We explore how her mindset might be amplifying these difficulties, and discuss ways she can adjust her perspective to ease her worries and give her son more room to grow.</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952158]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952158</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/7670ef21-c222-4667-baa5-016683f993e2/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2ed23982-6c0c-4314-af9e-3429a345d551.mp3" length="45843236" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#146: Embracing Imperfection in Your T1D Management </title><itunes:title>#146: Embracing Imperfection in Your T1D Management </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Have you ever found yourself chasing after perfection in your diabetes management, only to be met with the humbling reality that your blood sugars don't always go according to plan?&nbsp;</p>
<p>For someone with an analytic mind, this realization can be a harsh reality. In other areas of your life, things behave in a predictable manner. But T1D doesn't always play fair.</p>
<p>In this week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, Dr. Mark coaches Josh—an engineer who discovers the art of accepting imperfection in the face of an unpredictable condition: type 1 diabetes.</p>
<p>In a world that often demands control and precision, Josh confronts the truth that diabetes, by its very nature, is a mystery waiting to be unraveled. 🕵️‍♂️</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Have you ever found yourself chasing after perfection in your diabetes management, only to be met with the humbling reality that your blood sugars don't always go according to plan?&nbsp;</p>
<p>For someone with an analytic mind, this realization can be a harsh reality. In other areas of your life, things behave in a predictable manner. But T1D doesn't always play fair.</p>
<p>In this week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, Dr. Mark coaches Josh—an engineer who discovers the art of accepting imperfection in the face of an unpredictable condition: type 1 diabetes.</p>
<p>In a world that often demands control and precision, Josh confronts the truth that diabetes, by its very nature, is a mystery waiting to be unraveled. 🕵️‍♂️</p>
<p>Get&nbsp;a FREE T1D + Mental Health tip delivered to your inbox each day.&nbsp;To subscribe, go to&nbsp;<a href="http://&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/tip</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952157]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952157</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b361716a-3204-40ba-9028-e9d1e7d8b3be/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1aa45036-a16c-46fc-8301-9c22c47ca1e0.mp3" length="47167957" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#145: The Power of Having a Mission with T1D to Combat Negativity</title><itunes:title>#145: The Power of Having a Mission with T1D to Combat Negativity</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The hard truth is that you cannot control how others behave or think about you, no matter how hard you try. However, you have complete control over how you respond.</p>
<p>That's why having a mission in your life with T1D is crucial. By setting a clear intention for what you want to achieve and what you want your life to be about, you can keep moving forward, even when others attempt to hold you back.</p>
<p>In this week's podcast episode, I had the privilege of coaching Anita on how to deal with people who put her down because of her diabetes. We delve into Anita's incredible mission of empowering others with diabetes and how it helps her drown out the negativity, enabling her to stay focused on her goals.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The hard truth is that you cannot control how others behave or think about you, no matter how hard you try. However, you have complete control over how you respond.</p>
<p>That's why having a mission in your life with T1D is crucial. By setting a clear intention for what you want to achieve and what you want your life to be about, you can keep moving forward, even when others attempt to hold you back.</p>
<p>In this week's podcast episode, I had the privilege of coaching Anita on how to deal with people who put her down because of her diabetes. We delve into Anita's incredible mission of empowering others with diabetes and how it helps her drown out the negativity, enabling her to stay focused on her goals.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147952156]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147952156</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/68542bf7-d749-4a42-85e6-5bccb08267fa/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/912f5631-0da6-45e5-9812-8dd05288c6bd.mp3" length="48066988" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#144: Dr. Mark&apos;s May 2023 T1D Management: Vacation and a Pump on the Fritz</title><itunes:title>#144: Dr. Mark&apos;s May 2023 T1D Management: Vacation and a Pump on the Fritz</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in May 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>/tip</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Each month, I reflect on my biggest wins, learnings, and challenges over the past 30 days with type 1 diabetes. Come along for the ride as I give you a recap of the highs and lows of my diabetes management in May 2023!</p>
<p>Sign up now to get your FREE daily T1D + Mental Health tip!&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>/tip</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147945431]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147945431</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/95f73162-6679-4128-a8ca-b97f20fe12a9/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/88c3f7e9-1b9f-4caa-a9d5-8fb0c5f4912d.mp3" length="45184950" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#143: How To Get Your Doctor to Really Hear You</title><itunes:title>#143: How To Get Your Doctor to Really Hear You</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>I've heard countless stories from folks who try to explain what life with T1D is really like to their endocrinologists. They nod along, but sometimes you can't help but wonder if they truly "get it."</p>
<p>And let's be real, when your care team doesn't take the rest of your diabetes squad seriously, that's a whole new level of scary.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Janice is a dietician and a Certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist (CDCES) who's been in the game for over 40 years. She's seen firsthand what happens when doctors don't give their patients with T1D the attention they deserve. In her current role at an eating disorder clinic, she's had to fight to make sure her T1D patients get the care and support they need.</p>
<p>In this episode, I had the honor of chatting with Janice. We dug deep into strategies she uses to make sure the rest of the healthcare team really understands what her T1D patients need. We even shared some tips for you and your support crew to advocate for yourselves effectively.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>I've heard countless stories from folks who try to explain what life with T1D is really like to their endocrinologists. They nod along, but sometimes you can't help but wonder if they truly "get it."</p>
<p>And let's be real, when your care team doesn't take the rest of your diabetes squad seriously, that's a whole new level of scary.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Janice is a dietician and a Certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist (CDCES) who's been in the game for over 40 years. She's seen firsthand what happens when doctors don't give their patients with T1D the attention they deserve. In her current role at an eating disorder clinic, she's had to fight to make sure her T1D patients get the care and support they need.</p>
<p>In this episode, I had the honor of chatting with Janice. We dug deep into strategies she uses to make sure the rest of the healthcare team really understands what her T1D patients need. We even shared some tips for you and your support crew to advocate for yourselves effectively.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147942374]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147942374</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3629760f-4046-46a0-b167-fcb3b1d15063/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0a30bcef-7c8b-47ff-af17-1bade8db6299.mp3" length="43733587" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#142: How To Deal With the Stress of Insurance</title><itunes:title>#142: How To Deal With the Stress of Insurance</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In&nbsp;week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I'm talking to Jamie, another warrior in our T1D community. The convoluted pre-approval process required by her insurance company to cover her diabetes supplies has become a relentless source of stress.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, we tackle the challenge head-on. I coach Jamie on how to manage her stress while continuing her battle with her insurance company. We delve into strategies and tools that will help her - and indeed anyone in a similar predicament - to gain access to the diabetes supplies necessary for maintaining health, all while keeping stress at a manageable level.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In&nbsp;week's episode of the LiveFree with T1D podcast, I'm talking to Jamie, another warrior in our T1D community. The convoluted pre-approval process required by her insurance company to cover her diabetes supplies has become a relentless source of stress.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, we tackle the challenge head-on. I coach Jamie on how to manage her stress while continuing her battle with her insurance company. We delve into strategies and tools that will help her - and indeed anyone in a similar predicament - to gain access to the diabetes supplies necessary for maintaining health, all while keeping stress at a manageable level.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147941301]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147941301</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5956c516-990b-4361-be0d-f97dbe1b35d4/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e504422e-e492-4e9d-a17b-4d76ed7b0092.mp3" length="45815650" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#141: Finding the Balance: Tips for Managing T1D and Anxiety</title><itunes:title>#141: Finding the Balance: Tips for Managing T1D and Anxiety</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>A lot of people tell me they feel out of control in their life with T1D. They feel like diabetes has taken control of their life and they are just along for the ride. They also tell me they do things to try to take back control, but it feels like it's never enough. </span></p>
<p><span>Can you relate?</span></p>
<p><span> Sarah definitely absolutely feels this way. As the mother to a 7-year-old with T1D, Sarah wants her daughter to be a normal kid. She also wants to make sure her daughter is healthy and safe. At times, Sarah is finding these two desires to be in conflict. </span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, I coach Sarah to reframe how she thinks about control in her family's life with T1D. We talk about how her desire to control situations helps her, and also how it holds her (and her daughter) back. Then I give Sarah some practical advice her help her keep her daughter safe and healthy and find the relief from her anxiety that she is looking for.</span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>A lot of people tell me they feel out of control in their life with T1D. They feel like diabetes has taken control of their life and they are just along for the ride. They also tell me they do things to try to take back control, but it feels like it's never enough. </span></p>
<p><span>Can you relate?</span></p>
<p><span> Sarah definitely absolutely feels this way. As the mother to a 7-year-old with T1D, Sarah wants her daughter to be a normal kid. She also wants to make sure her daughter is healthy and safe. At times, Sarah is finding these two desires to be in conflict. </span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, I coach Sarah to reframe how she thinks about control in her family's life with T1D. We talk about how her desire to control situations helps her, and also how it holds her (and her daughter) back. Then I give Sarah some practical advice her help her keep her daughter safe and healthy and find the relief from her anxiety that she is looking for.</span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147936090]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147936090</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/471f2456-972c-4e62-a601-8b974a3413e7/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/57d60e10-0c1f-4375-a852-87bc05524928.mp3" length="55595268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#140: How to Ground Yourself When Your Blood Sugar Tanks</title><itunes:title>#140: How to Ground Yourself When Your Blood Sugar Tanks</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>As with so many other things in the world of type 1 diabetes, the experience of a low is impossible to understand unless you've actually had one. To top it off, some people have low symptoms that are not listed in a textbook or on any website.</p>
<p>Edwin is one of those people. In addition to all of the "normal" low symptoms, Edwin also experiences some dark thoughts when he is low and his mind takes him to some scary places. These thoughts affect his mood, even after his physical symptoms are gone.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Edwin on how he can deal with these dark thoughts when he is low. We talk about some practical strategies he can use to help him recover quickly, both physically and emotionally, from his lows.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>As with so many other things in the world of type 1 diabetes, the experience of a low is impossible to understand unless you've actually had one. To top it off, some people have low symptoms that are not listed in a textbook or on any website.</p>
<p>Edwin is one of those people. In addition to all of the "normal" low symptoms, Edwin also experiences some dark thoughts when he is low and his mind takes him to some scary places. These thoughts affect his mood, even after his physical symptoms are gone.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Edwin on how he can deal with these dark thoughts when he is low. We talk about some practical strategies he can use to help him recover quickly, both physically and emotionally, from his lows.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147910647]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147910647</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f88c5d9f-f5f9-4332-85d7-4354edda73e7/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4cb80f14-e09c-4fe0-9d42-aa6feec12397.mp3" length="43973077" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#139: International Travel with T1D</title><itunes:title>#139: International Travel with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>For some people with T1D, the thought of international travel&nbsp;is terrifying.</p>
<p><span><span>The good news is, there are lots of people who have gone on exciting international adventures with T1D and had no issues. We can learn a lot from each other about how to navigate international travel + T1D safely and with ease.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Melissa has a teenage son with T1D and he is going on a school trip to Europe this summer. She is trying to figure how how to support her son manage his blood sugars while he is abroad, while also managing her own anxiety about his safety.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Melissa on how she can stay calm and let her son enjoy his time in Europe with his teachers and friends. We talk about how her son is managing T1D well at home, and there's no reason to believe that he will behave any differently when he is traveling (even if his blood sugars do not cooperate). I also give Melissa some practical tips she can use to help her son plan for a fun and safe international adventure.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>For some people with T1D, the thought of international travel&nbsp;is terrifying.</p>
<p><span><span>The good news is, there are lots of people who have gone on exciting international adventures with T1D and had no issues. We can learn a lot from each other about how to navigate international travel + T1D safely and with ease.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Melissa has a teenage son with T1D and he is going on a school trip to Europe this summer. She is trying to figure how how to support her son manage his blood sugars while he is abroad, while also managing her own anxiety about his safety.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Melissa on how she can stay calm and let her son enjoy his time in Europe with his teachers and friends. We talk about how her son is managing T1D well at home, and there's no reason to believe that he will behave any differently when he is traveling (even if his blood sugars do not cooperate). I also give Melissa some practical tips she can use to help her son plan for a fun and safe international adventure.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147910646]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147910646</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b20b2174-e701-4e4b-8868-50700cfdb9e8/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/69f469de-06b8-4317-a39f-45c0e9239cf7.mp3" length="45915334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#138: How to Take the Stress Out of Site Changes</title><itunes:title>#138: How to Take the Stress Out of Site Changes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Do you ever put off changing your pump site or CGM because it's "too much of a hassle"?</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>The truth is, changing your site or your sensor just takes a couple of minutes, and most of the time it's completely painless. However, you've told yourself a story that makes changing your site a lot more challenging than it is in reality. Then this story becomes a habit that is hard to break.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Christina on how she can change the story she tells herself about changing her CGM sensor. By keeping a journal, she will have a record of what the sensor-change experience is actually like. Then, when she starts telling herself about how she doesn't want to change her sensor, she can refer to her journal to keep herself honest about what's most likely to happen.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Do you ever put off changing your pump site or CGM because it's "too much of a hassle"?</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>The truth is, changing your site or your sensor just takes a couple of minutes, and most of the time it's completely painless. However, you've told yourself a story that makes changing your site a lot more challenging than it is in reality. Then this story becomes a habit that is hard to break.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Christina on how she can change the story she tells herself about changing her CGM sensor. By keeping a journal, she will have a record of what the sensor-change experience is actually like. Then, when she starts telling herself about how she doesn't want to change her sensor, she can refer to her journal to keep herself honest about what's most likely to happen.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147910645]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147910645</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f32b5039-fe9a-4c7a-b2c2-360770f94bb3/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b4c09cfd-548d-482c-9af4-93569a5c3b92.mp3" length="36661090" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#137: Why You Need to Test Your T1D Stories</title><itunes:title>#137: Why You Need to Test Your T1D Stories</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>The stories we tell ourselves about what having T1D means about us, and what others think of us are powerful.</span></span></p>
<p><span><strong><span>However, there's a problem.&nbsp;</span></strong></span><span><span>Most of the time, these stories are not completely (or even close to being) accurate.&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>That's why it's critical to test and, if necessary, adjust these stories.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>That's the guidance I gave to Lauren as she tries to support her son with T1D who is in middle school. He is worried about what his teacher, and the kids in his class, think about him when his CGM alerts go off, so he just turns them off so he doesn't have to worry about it.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Lauren on how she can help her son test the stories he tells himself about diabetes. Testing his stories will help him to make adjustments to his thoughts and T1D management behavior, and set him up for success in his life with diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>The stories we tell ourselves about what having T1D means about us, and what others think of us are powerful.</span></span></p>
<p><span><strong><span>However, there's a problem.&nbsp;</span></strong></span><span><span>Most of the time, these stories are not completely (or even close to being) accurate.&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>That's why it's critical to test and, if necessary, adjust these stories.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>That's the guidance I gave to Lauren as she tries to support her son with T1D who is in middle school. He is worried about what his teacher, and the kids in his class, think about him when his CGM alerts go off, so he just turns them off so he doesn't have to worry about it.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I coach Lauren on how she can help her son test the stories he tells himself about diabetes. Testing his stories will help him to make adjustments to his thoughts and T1D management behavior, and set him up for success in his life with diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147910644]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147910644</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/d807b2cf-6940-4930-8042-4d3f9f27038d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1b505056-f440-41fe-9888-af1372698616.mp3" length="47681420" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#136: Don&apos;t Do T1D Alone</title><itunes:title>#136: Don&apos;t Do T1D Alone</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of&nbsp;the LiveFree with T1D&nbsp;podcast, I talk about why building a support crew is an essential part of managing the stress and exhaustion of T1D. You'll learn about the different types of support that others can offer you, as well as some best practices for getting the right support, from the right person, when you need it.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of&nbsp;the LiveFree with T1D&nbsp;podcast, I talk about why building a support crew is an essential part of managing the stress and exhaustion of T1D. You'll learn about the different types of support that others can offer you, as well as some best practices for getting the right support, from the right person, when you need it.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147909128]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147909128</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/781a549e-4218-4876-bbc1-bab32cfd13f8/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c9185467-2d03-4f29-9e70-7e6ebdf0494c.mp3" length="32354021" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#135: Why You Should Do It Scared with T1D</title><itunes:title>#135: Why You Should Do It Scared with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>My guess is, there are a lot of things you want to be able to do in your life T1D, but you don't do them because your fear gets in the way. Maybe you want to go hiking, or go camping, or travel to a foreign country.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>But... You've convinced yourself that these activities are too scary or dangerous. And because you have T1D, they're off-limits.&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>What if, just maybe, this isn't true?</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>The only way to change the story is to prove yourself wrong and lead with action.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode of the podcast, I talk about how your behavior impacts your emotional health with T1D. Most people allow their emotions to control their behavior, and they won't change their behavior until their emotions change. These are the folks who feel stuck in their lives with T1D. When you lead with action, you take back control of your behavior (safely of course) from your emotions. In this episode, you'll learn about the Lead with Action framework and how to use it in your life with type 1 diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>My guess is, there are a lot of things you want to be able to do in your life T1D, but you don't do them because your fear gets in the way. Maybe you want to go hiking, or go camping, or travel to a foreign country.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>But... You've convinced yourself that these activities are too scary or dangerous. And because you have T1D, they're off-limits.&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>What if, just maybe, this isn't true?</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>The only way to change the story is to prove yourself wrong and lead with action.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode of the podcast, I talk about how your behavior impacts your emotional health with T1D. Most people allow their emotions to control their behavior, and they won't change their behavior until their emotions change. These are the folks who feel stuck in their lives with T1D. When you lead with action, you take back control of your behavior (safely of course) from your emotions. In this episode, you'll learn about the Lead with Action framework and how to use it in your life with type 1 diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147909071]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147909071</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4ba8beb4-6205-4aed-b6aa-3e8b26e6eb3b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a9db02c4-06ef-4d89-a74d-589660f9e92b.mp3" length="32465616" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#134: How to Reset Your Mindset Around Diabetes</title><itunes:title>#134: How to Reset Your Mindset Around Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I discuss the importance of your T1D mindset. By identifying the stories you tell yourself about T1D and understanding their impact, you can start rewriting them and even transform them into helpful narratives. You'll learn about the anatomy of a story and how to use it to reframe your perspective, reduce stress, and better handle the challenges of life with T1D.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I discuss the importance of your T1D mindset. By identifying the stories you tell yourself about T1D and understanding their impact, you can start rewriting them and even transform them into helpful narratives. You'll learn about the anatomy of a story and how to use it to reframe your perspective, reduce stress, and better handle the challenges of life with T1D.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147906201]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147906201</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2b8eef24-a80d-4fac-8544-2b8194cfe136/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 07:04:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4c34b72a-6617-4d1b-b61e-292aa97090ff.mp3" length="32636144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#132: Why Diabetes Education is Key to Your Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#132: Why Diabetes Education is Key to Your Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Learning what T1D, and how to manage YOUR diabetes is a critical part of emotional health. Because once you start feeling steady on your feet, life with T1D gets a lot easier...</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>AND...</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>You are going to have an easier time managing the inevitable stress that comes along with T1D.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>So where do you start??? </span></span></p>
<p><span><em><strong><span>You need a T1D Management Playbook!</span></strong></em></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I talk about why diabetes education is so important for your mental health with T1D. When you don't understand what T1D is and how it's managed, it will be impossible not to feel anxious and overwhelmed. But when you have a solid foundation in your management with T1D, everything will change. When you listen to this episode, you'll learn all about the T1D Management Playbook. You'll find out how you can use this playbook to reduce your stress and handle any blood sugar T1D throws your way.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Learning what T1D, and how to manage YOUR diabetes is a critical part of emotional health. Because once you start feeling steady on your feet, life with T1D gets a lot easier...</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>AND...</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>You are going to have an easier time managing the inevitable stress that comes along with T1D.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>So where do you start??? </span></span></p>
<p><span><em><strong><span>You need a T1D Management Playbook!</span></strong></em></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I talk about why diabetes education is so important for your mental health with T1D. When you don't understand what T1D is and how it's managed, it will be impossible not to feel anxious and overwhelmed. But when you have a solid foundation in your management with T1D, everything will change. When you listen to this episode, you'll learn all about the T1D Management Playbook. You'll find out how you can use this playbook to reduce your stress and handle any blood sugar T1D throws your way.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147900078]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147900078</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2ed629a3-97f0-4348-bb53-a99af72037f9/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 07:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2f500a99-0060-4fa8-86e5-618bd7b4d12e.mp3" length="24212594" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#131: How to Become a Person with T1D on a Mission</title><itunes:title>#131: How to Become a Person with T1D on a Mission</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>The definition of being stuck is not moving toward something. Your mission is what you want to work toward in your life. I know it sounds simple, but in order to move toward something, you have to know what you are moving toward!</span></span></p>
<p>In this episode, I talk about why it's so important to have a mission in your life, and how having a mission can impact your emotional health with T1D. Once you have a mission, you'll know exactly where you want to go, and can take steps to move closer to that place every day. Yes, T1D will still be there, but you'll have a clear path to follow. With a clearly defined mission, you'll be able to make sure that diabetes doesn't stop you from getting there.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>The definition of being stuck is not moving toward something. Your mission is what you want to work toward in your life. I know it sounds simple, but in order to move toward something, you have to know what you are moving toward!</span></span></p>
<p>In this episode, I talk about why it's so important to have a mission in your life, and how having a mission can impact your emotional health with T1D. Once you have a mission, you'll know exactly where you want to go, and can take steps to move closer to that place every day. Yes, T1D will still be there, but you'll have a clear path to follow. With a clearly defined mission, you'll be able to make sure that diabetes doesn't stop you from getting there.</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147893921]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147893921</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/56b26893-ca52-4f09-8cd0-1cc5475b42ca/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 08:10:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/54206f9b-d7f1-48ca-bc7e-0d599ba8d4bf.mp3" length="21143680" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#130: Why I Changed My Approach to T1D + Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#130: Why I Changed My Approach to T1D + Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>For too long, I focused on treating the stress of T1D reactively. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Feeling burned out? </span><em><span>My approach </span></em><strong><em><span>was</span></em></strong><em><span> to help you feel less burned out</span></em><span>.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Feeling anxious about lows? </span><em><span>My approach </span></em><strong><em><span>was</span></em></strong><em><span> to try and make that anxiety go away.</span></em></span></p>
<p><span><span>However, I realized that there's a better way. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Instead of dealing with the stress of T1D reactively, we need to manage it proactively. We need to make sure you have the tools, resources, and support to deal with whatever stress you might deal with it, and it's best if you have these tools before the stress of T1D starts holding you back.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I give you an overview of the proactive framework that I developed and have been using to help people just like you manage the stress of T1D. I'll describe the five parts of the framework, and you'll see how you can use it to become more resilient with the emotional burden of T1D. You will still experience stress because of T1D, there is no way around it. But with this framework, you'll be prepared to deal with the stress, and not let it hold you back.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>For too long, I focused on treating the stress of T1D reactively. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Feeling burned out? </span><em><span>My approach </span></em><strong><em><span>was</span></em></strong><em><span> to help you feel less burned out</span></em><span>.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Feeling anxious about lows? </span><em><span>My approach </span></em><strong><em><span>was</span></em></strong><em><span> to try and make that anxiety go away.</span></em></span></p>
<p><span><span>However, I realized that there's a better way. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Instead of dealing with the stress of T1D reactively, we need to manage it proactively. We need to make sure you have the tools, resources, and support to deal with whatever stress you might deal with it, and it's best if you have these tools before the stress of T1D starts holding you back.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>In this episode, I give you an overview of the proactive framework that I developed and have been using to help people just like you manage the stress of T1D. I'll describe the five parts of the framework, and you'll see how you can use it to become more resilient with the emotional burden of T1D. You will still experience stress because of T1D, there is no way around it. But with this framework, you'll be prepared to deal with the stress, and not let it hold you back.</span></span></p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147889406]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147889406</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4ad73136-6d0e-4fc7-95a6-34dd9316fd69/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d7b130bb-e791-4c1f-b56b-fbda258d1c4a.mp3" length="27469952" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#129: How to Move Past Your Fear of Insulin</title><itunes:title>#129: How to Move Past Your Fear of Insulin</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><em>Do you want to be a guest and get coaching on&nbsp;a future episode of this&nbsp;podcast? Click&nbsp;</em><a class="email-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/apply"><strong><em>HERE</em></strong>&nbsp;</a><em>to apply!</em></span></p>
<p><span>Does taking insulin ever scare you? Do&nbsp;you ever find yourself&nbsp;second-guessing how much insulin to take?</span></p>
<p><span>Insulin is the only way to manage T1D. Without insulin, your blood sugar will go high and scary things will start to happen pretty quickly. But even though insulin is a life-saving hormone for people with T1D,&nbsp;for some people, taking the&nbsp;correct&nbsp;amount of insulin can be terrifying.</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, I coach&nbsp;Rachel around taking her insulin as prescribed. After having a scary low a while back, she has had a difficult time trusting that she can make good diabetes-management decisions. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Rachel on how to get new evidence that she can trust herself and open herself up to the possibility that she'll be be able to take insulin and manage her blood sugars without constantly feeling like she is walking on egg shells.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><em>Do you want to be a guest and get coaching on&nbsp;a future episode of this&nbsp;podcast? Click&nbsp;</em><a class="email-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/apply"><strong><em>HERE</em></strong>&nbsp;</a><em>to apply!</em></span></p>
<p><span>Does taking insulin ever scare you? Do&nbsp;you ever find yourself&nbsp;second-guessing how much insulin to take?</span></p>
<p><span>Insulin is the only way to manage T1D. Without insulin, your blood sugar will go high and scary things will start to happen pretty quickly. But even though insulin is a life-saving hormone for people with T1D,&nbsp;for some people, taking the&nbsp;correct&nbsp;amount of insulin can be terrifying.</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, I coach&nbsp;Rachel around taking her insulin as prescribed. After having a scary low a while back, she has had a difficult time trusting that she can make good diabetes-management decisions. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Rachel on how to get new evidence that she can trust herself and open herself up to the possibility that she'll be be able to take insulin and manage her blood sugars without constantly feeling like she is walking on egg shells.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Access to LiveFree with T1D is now open! To join, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a>.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772610]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772610</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1575929b-1139-49f5-a000-661c2b2847de/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 08:05:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5bf28f6d-f10b-4dd4-80fb-a91d91c86f63.mp3" length="30214070" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#128: How to Get the Support You Need at Work with T1D</title><itunes:title>#128: How to Get the Support You Need at Work with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span><em>Do you want to be a guest and get coaching on&nbsp;a future episode of this&nbsp;podcast? Click </em><a class="email-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/apply"><strong><em>HERE</em></strong><span>&nbsp;</span></a><em>to apply!</em></span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Do you ever feel like the odd person out at work because you have T1D?</span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>We all know that you can do any job with T1D, but those raised eyebrows and passive-aggressive comments still sting. And they can make going to work while managing T1D a stressful experience.</span></span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span><span>In this episode, I coach Natasha about how to set boundaries with her co-workers around her diabetes management. As she is finishing school and applying for residency, Natasha is worried about having the support she needs with T1D, at work, and in a new, unfamiliar city. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Natasha to make a plan to get support, while also shifting her mindset away from defeat, to one of empowerment as she thinks about doing her job AND managing her diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>To join the waitlist for LiveFree with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span><em>Do you want to be a guest and get coaching on&nbsp;a future episode of this&nbsp;podcast? Click </em><a class="email-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/apply"><strong><em>HERE</em></strong><span>&nbsp;</span></a><em>to apply!</em></span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Do you ever feel like the odd person out at work because you have T1D?</span></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span><span>We all know that you can do any job with T1D, but those raised eyebrows and passive-aggressive comments still sting. And they can make going to work while managing T1D a stressful experience.</span></span></p>
<p><span>&nbsp;</span><span><span>In this episode, I coach Natasha about how to set boundaries with her co-workers around her diabetes management. As she is finishing school and applying for residency, Natasha is worried about having the support she needs with T1D, at work, and in a new, unfamiliar city. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Natasha to make a plan to get support, while also shifting her mindset away from defeat, to one of empowerment as she thinks about doing her job AND managing her diabetes.</span></span></p>
<p>To join the waitlist for LiveFree with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772609]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772609</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/21f39a9f-c06e-4222-b6aa-95d33f4edf5d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5e24800d-7dfa-4c30-905a-5bcf7243646c.mp3" length="31689884" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#127: An Easy Way to Start a New Routine with T1D</title><itunes:title>#127: An Easy Way to Start a New Routine with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is now the&nbsp;LiveFree with T1D Podcast!</em></strong></p>
<p>If you made a New Year's resolution around your diabetes, how is it going?</p>
<p>For most of us, those grand resolutions flew out the window more than three weeks ago!</p>
<p>Stephanie has high hopes for starting an exercise routine. She knows how much just a little exercise can help to stabilize her blood sugars. But every time she tries to get started, she finds some reason why this isn't the right time, and she talks herself out of even giving it a shot.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Stephanie on how she can actually get started with an exercise routine, and how it will be much easier than she thinks. I give her a new way of thinking about what success looks like, which I know will help her get started and stick with her new exercise habit.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for LiveFree with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is now the&nbsp;LiveFree with T1D Podcast!</em></strong></p>
<p>If you made a New Year's resolution around your diabetes, how is it going?</p>
<p>For most of us, those grand resolutions flew out the window more than three weeks ago!</p>
<p>Stephanie has high hopes for starting an exercise routine. She knows how much just a little exercise can help to stabilize her blood sugars. But every time she tries to get started, she finds some reason why this isn't the right time, and she talks herself out of even giving it a shot.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Stephanie on how she can actually get started with an exercise routine, and how it will be much easier than she thinks. I give her a new way of thinking about what success looks like, which I know will help her get started and stick with her new exercise habit.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for LiveFree with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772608]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772608</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6a253437-5c55-44c3-a7a3-0f3b5a1ff03d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6ae03ff8-1c4d-47af-9314-5cc51e1d87b7.mp3" length="32739456" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#126: How to Stay Sane with a CGM</title><itunes:title>#126: How to Stay Sane with a CGM</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is now the&nbsp;Live Free with T1D Podcast!</em></strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/the-diabetes-psychologist-2/episodes/2147772607" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></p>
<p>Do you have a love-hate relationship with your CGM?</p>
<p>That's been Jessica's experience. Jessica relies on her CGM to keep her blood sugars in range. And lately, Jessica finds that she has been paying a little too much attention to her CGM. In fact, she obsesses over it, causing her to make micro-corrections that send her low. Instead of improving her diabetes management, her CGM is making it even more challenging.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Jessica on how she can change how she thinks about her CGM and the data it gives her, and turn it (back into) a helpful tool. I give her some tips for getting out of her CGM's way, so it can do its job and help her keep her blood sugar in range, along with her sanity.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is now the&nbsp;Live Free with T1D Podcast!</em></strong><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/the-diabetes-psychologist-2/episodes/2147772607" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">&nbsp;</a></p>
<p>Do you have a love-hate relationship with your CGM?</p>
<p>That's been Jessica's experience. Jessica relies on her CGM to keep her blood sugars in range. And lately, Jessica finds that she has been paying a little too much attention to her CGM. In fact, she obsesses over it, causing her to make micro-corrections that send her low. Instead of improving her diabetes management, her CGM is making it even more challenging.</p>
<p>In this episode, I coach Jessica on how she can change how she thinks about her CGM and the data it gives her, and turn it (back into) a helpful tool. I give her some tips for getting out of her CGM's way, so it can do its job and help her keep her blood sugar in range, along with her sanity.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772607]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772607</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/60ba38a6-20ed-4785-96fc-02c26a880773/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Feb 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/65b1b69f-c330-41cc-9cf5-f1ac11955499.mp3" length="35762304" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#125: How to Set Boundaries Around T1D with Your Coworkers</title><itunes:title>#125: How to Set Boundaries Around T1D with Your Coworkers</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is changing it's name to <strong>Live Free with T1D</strong>!&nbsp;</p>
<p>Is going to work uncomfortable because your coworkers don't know anything about T1D? Or worse, do your coworkers think they know about diabetes, so they want to "help" you manage your blood sugars? With more people returning to the office, work has become a landmine for some people with type 1 diabetes.</p>
<p>In this episode, Dr. Mark coaches Tarra on how she can deal with a coworker who thinks he knows it all about T1D. After returning to the office, this coworker is constantly asking her about her diabetes and it is starting to make Tarra uncomfortable. This situation is making her hesitant to tell others at work that she has T1D because she doesn't want to deal with the questions and/or (bad) advice that might follow.&nbsp;Listen as Dr. Mark coaches&nbsp;Tarra on some simple steps she can take to set boundaries with coworkers, so she can do her job, without interference with her diabetes management from her colleagues.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is changing it's name to <strong>Live Free with T1D</strong>!&nbsp;</p>
<p>Is going to work uncomfortable because your coworkers don't know anything about T1D? Or worse, do your coworkers think they know about diabetes, so they want to "help" you manage your blood sugars? With more people returning to the office, work has become a landmine for some people with type 1 diabetes.</p>
<p>In this episode, Dr. Mark coaches Tarra on how she can deal with a coworker who thinks he knows it all about T1D. After returning to the office, this coworker is constantly asking her about her diabetes and it is starting to make Tarra uncomfortable. This situation is making her hesitant to tell others at work that she has T1D because she doesn't want to deal with the questions and/or (bad) advice that might follow.&nbsp;Listen as Dr. Mark coaches&nbsp;Tarra on some simple steps she can take to set boundaries with coworkers, so she can do her job, without interference with her diabetes management from her colleagues.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772575]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772575</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/388e0b8d-e7ab-4e54-8d1b-22454ea6234f/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/13e7f53d-a3c3-4763-8efd-aedcd220e3b8.mp3" length="29497472" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#124: Strategies to Get Better Sleep with T1D</title><itunes:title>#124: Strategies to Get Better Sleep with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>How is your sleep with T1D? Do you wake up in the middle of the night to your CGM alerts and have trouble going back to sleep? Are you having trouble falling asleep because of anxiety about low blood sugar? Sleep is the bane of the existence for many folks with T1D, and it's something we don't talk enough about. </span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark coaches Nikki about how she can get better sleep with T1D. Nikki says that she has not gotten a full night's sleep in more than 30 years and T1D is to blame. She sees herself as an "anxious person" and it may be that view of herself is to blame for some of her challenges with sleep. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Nikki to see that with a mindset shift and some improved sleep hygiene, she can get a good night's rest, even with type 1 diabetes!</span></p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>How is your sleep with T1D? Do you wake up in the middle of the night to your CGM alerts and have trouble going back to sleep? Are you having trouble falling asleep because of anxiety about low blood sugar? Sleep is the bane of the existence for many folks with T1D, and it's something we don't talk enough about. </span></p>
<p><span>In this episode, Dr. Mark coaches Nikki about how she can get better sleep with T1D. Nikki says that she has not gotten a full night's sleep in more than 30 years and T1D is to blame. She sees herself as an "anxious person" and it may be that view of herself is to blame for some of her challenges with sleep. Listen as Dr. Mark coaches Nikki to see that with a mindset shift and some improved sleep hygiene, she can get a good night's rest, even with type 1 diabetes!</span></p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772574]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772574</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/14eddfb0-8f7b-4128-a120-ec6852e420a4/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/35af6b40-22d3-4647-b820-d3e6ce72f13e.mp3" length="30615680" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#123: Why Your Expectations for Yourself are (Probably) Too High</title><itunes:title>#123: Why Your Expectations for Yourself are (Probably) Too High</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Are you frustrated with your T1D management? Do you ever feel like your blood sugars are never in range enough? I know how frustrating it can be when you are working hard to manage T1D, but the results don't show your effort. It's like you are climbing a mountain and no matter what you do, you just can't get to the top. When you can meet your own expectations,&nbsp;diabetes burnout is never far behind.</p>
<p>It this episode, Dr. Mark&nbsp;coaches Ernie about how setting reasonable expectations for himself around his blood sugars can help reduce his stress. Ernie feels down on himself because his blood sugar is "never in range." A former high school teacher, he compares his time in range with a grade in school, and Ernie wants an "A". Listen&nbsp;as Dr. Mark helps&nbsp;him see that the metrics for success are very different T1D&nbsp;than they are for school. Ernie is able to see that, with some small adjustments to the hull of his sailboat (the hull = his diabetes knowledge and management), that he can regain the confidence he is looking for in his life with T1D.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Are you frustrated with your T1D management? Do you ever feel like your blood sugars are never in range enough? I know how frustrating it can be when you are working hard to manage T1D, but the results don't show your effort. It's like you are climbing a mountain and no matter what you do, you just can't get to the top. When you can meet your own expectations,&nbsp;diabetes burnout is never far behind.</p>
<p>It this episode, Dr. Mark&nbsp;coaches Ernie about how setting reasonable expectations for himself around his blood sugars can help reduce his stress. Ernie feels down on himself because his blood sugar is "never in range." A former high school teacher, he compares his time in range with a grade in school, and Ernie wants an "A". Listen&nbsp;as Dr. Mark helps&nbsp;him see that the metrics for success are very different T1D&nbsp;than they are for school. Ernie is able to see that, with some small adjustments to the hull of his sailboat (the hull = his diabetes knowledge and management), that he can regain the confidence he is looking for in his life with T1D.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772573]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772573</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6892aadb-ded2-4801-84c2-3690e16bc63b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5a1b3950-9573-428a-94e5-e39bc5994733.mp3" length="31663552" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#122: Your Plan to Manage the Stress of T1D</title><itunes:title>#122: Your Plan to Manage the Stress of T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The format of this podcast is changing!</p>
<p>When you listen to this episode it will sound a little different from what you have heard before—but not to worry! You'll still be getting the same high quality content around T1D + mental health.</p>
<p>This episode of the podcast is an introduction to the new name and format! You'll get an overview of how to build your T1D stress management plan like a&nbsp;like a sailboat, where:</p>
<ul>
<li><em>You are the captain.</em></li>
<li><em>The hull your blood sugar management.</em></li>
<li><em>The sails are your mindset.</em></li>
<li><em>The rudder is your behavior.</em></li>
<li><em>And your crew is your support system.</em></li>
</ul><br/>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>You'll find out how, if you build the five parts of your sailboat correctly, you’ll have&nbsp;smooth sailing&nbsp;in your life with T1D.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The format of this podcast is changing!</p>
<p>When you listen to this episode it will sound a little different from what you have heard before—but not to worry! You'll still be getting the same high quality content around T1D + mental health.</p>
<p>This episode of the podcast is an introduction to the new name and format! You'll get an overview of how to build your T1D stress management plan like a&nbsp;like a sailboat, where:</p>
<ul>
<li><em>You are the captain.</em></li>
<li><em>The hull your blood sugar management.</em></li>
<li><em>The sails are your mindset.</em></li>
<li><em>The rudder is your behavior.</em></li>
<li><em>And your crew is your support system.</em></li>
</ul><br/>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>You'll find out how, if you build the five parts of your sailboat correctly, you’ll have&nbsp;smooth sailing&nbsp;in your life with T1D.</p>
<p>To join the waitlist for Live Free with T1D, go to <a href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/livefreewitht1d</a></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772572]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772572</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a1c629d4-f775-40e2-b06a-598bea3e32b9/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2023 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0730109b-321d-49bd-92e6-f1197208e762.mp3" length="25481344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#121: Ask Dr. Mark</title><itunes:title>#121: Ask Dr. Mark</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>I love getting questions from my listener's and recently, you've sent in some good ones! This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p>
<p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p>
<p>✔️ How to cope with new information about managing T1D more effectively</p>
<p>✔️ How to&nbsp;manage T1D&nbsp;with an unpredictable schedule&nbsp;</p>
<p>✔️ How to create healthy diabetes habits that stick</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;</span>and join<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>I love getting questions from my listener's and recently, you've sent in some good ones! This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p>
<p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p>
<p>✔️ How to cope with new information about managing T1D more effectively</p>
<p>✔️ How to&nbsp;manage T1D&nbsp;with an unpredictable schedule&nbsp;</p>
<p>✔️ How to create healthy diabetes habits that stick</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;</span>and join<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772571]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772571</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/66d2f84b-e188-41f7-8569-c42a2d70866d/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c931947e-45c6-4f4f-a42c-f040623fd0ba.mp3" length="17124870" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#120: How to Set Boundaries with Others Around T1D</title><itunes:title>#120: How to Set Boundaries with Others Around T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can make your relationships with others challenging during this time of year.To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing back one of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p>
<p>Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can make your relationships with others challenging during this time of year.To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing back one of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p>
<p>Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772570]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772570</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/92d58161-1f04-4218-8ae3-cc21bf81e9f7/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Dec 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/80382e29-6957-477d-a5bb-fbce66f3ce73.mp3" length="23562250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#119: How to Set Boundaries with T1D</title><itunes:title>#119: How to Set Boundaries with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can get in the way of your fun this time of year. To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing&nbsp;back a couple of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The holidays are here and you and I both know that T1D can get in the way of your fun this time of year. To help you have a joyful holiday season with T1D along for the ride, we are&nbsp;going to the archives and bringing&nbsp;back a couple of the most popular episodes.</p>
<p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772569]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772569</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/257220bf-e745-4455-9d2d-92a25ef82f6f/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e66d4435-25bc-4443-9a8c-bec69b8504aa.mp3" length="22162086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#118: How To Be Assertive with Your Diabetes Care Team</title><itunes:title>#118: How To Be Assertive with Your Diabetes Care Team</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Going to see your endocrinologist can be intimidating. You have things that you want to talk about, but you may be wondering how to bring them up. There may be new technology, insulin, or other medications that you want to integrate into your diabetes management toolbox, but you are not sure how your endocrinologist will respond when you ask.</p>
<p>On this episode of the podcast, I talk about how you can get your needs met with your diabetes care team. After listening to this episode, you'll have strategies you can use during your next doctor visit!</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Going to see your endocrinologist can be intimidating. You have things that you want to talk about, but you may be wondering how to bring them up. There may be new technology, insulin, or other medications that you want to integrate into your diabetes management toolbox, but you are not sure how your endocrinologist will respond when you ask.</p>
<p>On this episode of the podcast, I talk about how you can get your needs met with your diabetes care team. After listening to this episode, you'll have strategies you can use during your next doctor visit!</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772568]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772568</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/65b01728-92ba-41d3-861b-b68cb3f866d4/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Dec 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/dc2577c3-939a-47fc-bcf3-b8f74cde0847.mp3" length="18971174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#117: How to Eat What You Want with T1D</title><itunes:title>#117: How to Eat What You Want with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>When you feel limited in what you can it because of type 1 diabetes, it can lead to all kinds of emotional challenges. You feel resentful, stuck, and helpless. You feel like you have to make the impossible choice between eating foods you love and managing your diabetes. This conversation will give you hope!</span></p>
<p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Ben Tzeel. Ben is a R</span><span>egistered Dietitian, strength coach, and T1D vet of over 20 years who specializes in providing you with the blueprint to amazing blood sugars. In this episodes, he gives you strategies for eating the foods you love AND keeping your blood sugars in range, so you don't have to make&nbsp;any impossible choices.</span></p>
<p><span>You can connect with Ben on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/manoftzeel/">@</a></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/manoftzeel/">manoftzeel</a>&nbsp;or on the web at&nbsp;https://www.yourdiabetesinsider.com.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>When you feel limited in what you can it because of type 1 diabetes, it can lead to all kinds of emotional challenges. You feel resentful, stuck, and helpless. You feel like you have to make the impossible choice between eating foods you love and managing your diabetes. This conversation will give you hope!</span></p>
<p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Ben Tzeel. Ben is a R</span><span>egistered Dietitian, strength coach, and T1D vet of over 20 years who specializes in providing you with the blueprint to amazing blood sugars. In this episodes, he gives you strategies for eating the foods you love AND keeping your blood sugars in range, so you don't have to make&nbsp;any impossible choices.</span></p>
<p><span>You can connect with Ben on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/manoftzeel/">@</a></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/manoftzeel/">manoftzeel</a>&nbsp;or on the web at&nbsp;https://www.yourdiabetesinsider.com.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772567]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772567</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/969fda64-fb18-4bbc-9b8d-cce32b6d2c47/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/816ae5c3-18e6-4125-a722-dea4cf27f6c4.mp3" length="30346563" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#116: How to Find Your Voice with T1D</title><itunes:title>#116: How to Find Your Voice with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;<span><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>is Brooke Bennett. In January 2022, Brooke gave a TEDx Talk called </span><em><strong><span>Why the Price of Insulin is a Danger to Diabetics</span></strong></em><span>. This talk has more than 1 million views on YouTube and has helped Brooke find her voice. In this episode, Brooke tells us how her TEDx talk came to be and how she has used her platform to help people with T1D around the world be seen and heard. Be sure to listen to the end of the episode where Brooke tells us about what she is planning to do with her platform next!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>You can click <strong><a href="https://www.ted.com/talks/brooke_bennett_why_the_price_of_insulin_is_a_danger_to_diabetics_aug_2022?language=en">HERE</a></strong> to watch Brooke's TEDx talk using this</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>&nbsp;<span><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>is Brooke Bennett. In January 2022, Brooke gave a TEDx Talk called </span><em><strong><span>Why the Price of Insulin is a Danger to Diabetics</span></strong></em><span>. This talk has more than 1 million views on YouTube and has helped Brooke find her voice. In this episode, Brooke tells us how her TEDx talk came to be and how she has used her platform to help people with T1D around the world be seen and heard. Be sure to listen to the end of the episode where Brooke tells us about what she is planning to do with her platform next!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>You can click <strong><a href="https://www.ted.com/talks/brooke_bennett_why_the_price_of_insulin_is_a_danger_to_diabetics_aug_2022?language=en">HERE</a></strong> to watch Brooke's TEDx talk using this</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772565]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772565</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1cc4bb2b-ee66-439a-9120-9a0cb45aebbe/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Nov 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c1505ae7-c7c0-45bf-99ed-3b5bc1ee095f.mp3" length="24276960" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#115: A Plan to Deal with Severe Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>#115: A Plan to Deal with Severe Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Low blood sugar is the nemesis of every person with type 1 diabetes. Lows are inconvenient, annoying, and can be scary. What happens when you have a severe low blood sugar? In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about the physical and psychological impact of having a severe low blood sugar and I give you a 4-step plan you can use to help you recover psychologically if you ever do have a severe low.</p>
<p><span>Thanks to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Low blood sugar is the nemesis of every person with type 1 diabetes. Lows are inconvenient, annoying, and can be scary. What happens when you have a severe low blood sugar? In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about the physical and psychological impact of having a severe low blood sugar and I give you a 4-step plan you can use to help you recover psychologically if you ever do have a severe low.</p>
<p><span>Thanks to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772559]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772559</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1cd37ae1-adfe-4818-a69e-050a19a3beb5/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9b8cc023-1247-4fbb-b67b-4078abb5c459.mp3" length="20072576" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#114: Why the CEO of JDRF Runs So Much</title><itunes:title>#114: Why the CEO of JDRF Runs So Much</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is&nbsp;</span>Aaron Kowalski. Aaron is an active runner AND the CEO of JDRF. In this episode, Aaron talks about his path to becoming the leader of the&nbsp;<span>world's largest nonprofit funder of type 1 diabetes research, and how he balances his responsibilities&nbsp;as CEO with his passion for running.</span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is&nbsp;</span>Aaron Kowalski. Aaron is an active runner AND the CEO of JDRF. In this episode, Aaron talks about his path to becoming the leader of the&nbsp;<span>world's largest nonprofit funder of type 1 diabetes research, and how he balances his responsibilities&nbsp;as CEO with his passion for running.</span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772556]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772556</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6780d9e5-75ca-4a74-8ee7-9d894416f75b/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1f8d49a9-2701-4ead-aa9a-c9cfe9984327.mp3" length="19989728" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#113: Introducing the World&apos;s Worst Diabetes Mom</title><itunes:title>#113: Introducing the World&apos;s Worst Diabetes Mom</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Parenting a child&nbsp;who has T1D can be stressful. It takes patience, grit, and sense of humor. Just ask my guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast. Stacey Simms a T1D mom. Her son Benny was diagnosed with T1D more than 15 years ago just before his 2nd birthday. In this episode, Stacey talks candidly about her experience parenting a son with T1D, how she is letting go, and how she brings humor into her family's life with T1D. Stacey also just published her second book called S<a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1953555365/">till the World's Worst Diabetes Mom</a>.</span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>Parenting a child&nbsp;who has T1D can be stressful. It takes patience, grit, and sense of humor. Just ask my guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast. Stacey Simms a T1D mom. Her son Benny was diagnosed with T1D more than 15 years ago just before his 2nd birthday. In this episode, Stacey talks candidly about her experience parenting a son with T1D, how she is letting go, and how she brings humor into her family's life with T1D. Stacey also just published her second book called S<a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1953555365/">till the World's Worst Diabetes Mom</a>.</span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772552]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772552</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/72045576-81dc-43b4-bae1-c73e89c4b059/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9a18ed69-1eb4-43ca-908e-fe9312f13183.mp3" length="28629120" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#112: Moving Beyond the Familiar with T1D</title><itunes:title>#112: Moving Beyond the Familiar with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>People with T1D tend to be creatures of habit. In some ways, this can be helpful. However, being a creature of habit can also get in the way of trying new things and expanding your diabetes management toolbox. In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, you'll get some practical tips you can use to get out of your own way and be willing to expand your toolbox.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>People with T1D tend to be creatures of habit. In some ways, this can be helpful. However, being a creature of habit can also get in the way of trying new things and expanding your diabetes management toolbox. In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, you'll get some practical tips you can use to get out of your own way and be willing to expand your toolbox.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772550]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772550</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a09e2f18-e62d-4e9d-9a20-d27bdc3aea93/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/04c8fd8c-23bf-4302-b9c9-2a7373178267.mp3" length="14307456" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#111: What It Is Like to Participate in Clinical Trials </title><itunes:title>#111: What It Is Like to Participate in Clinical Trials </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>My guest on this episode of Th</span></span>e Diabetes Psychologist Podcast<span><span>&nbsp;is Krystle Samai. Krystle has been living with T1D since she was 9 years old and she has participated in over 100 clinical trials in the diabetes space. In this episode, Krystle tells us about her experience with clinical trials and how they have helped her. She gives some tips about how you can get involved in the exciting world of diabetes-related clinical trials. This is a conversation that you don't want to miss!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Thanks to <a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>My guest on this episode of Th</span></span>e Diabetes Psychologist Podcast<span><span>&nbsp;is Krystle Samai. Krystle has been living with T1D since she was 9 years old and she has participated in over 100 clinical trials in the diabetes space. In this episode, Krystle tells us about her experience with clinical trials and how they have helped her. She gives some tips about how you can get involved in the exciting world of diabetes-related clinical trials. This is a conversation that you don't want to miss!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Thanks to <a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772548]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772548</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/01c5c0f5-0950-489b-9577-18e64ae0d286/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ec7534ac-1cc1-434a-9c93-9bc84d1e8538.mp3" length="27857024" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#110: Playing in the NFL with T1D</title><itunes:title>#110: Playing in the NFL with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Dream big because you do do anything in life with T1D. This includes playing linebacker in the National Football League (NFL). Just ask Brandon Green. Diagnosed with T1D a boy in Texas, football became part of his life at a young age. After playing for Rice University in Houston, he was drafted in 2003 by the Jacksonville Jaguars and then went on to play for the St. Louis Rams and the Seattle Seahawks. In this episode of the podcast, Brandon talks about how he managed his blood sugars while playing football at this level, and offers some great advice to anyone who wonders if they can accomplish big things if they have T1D.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Dream big because you do do anything in life with T1D. This includes playing linebacker in the National Football League (NFL). Just ask Brandon Green. Diagnosed with T1D a boy in Texas, football became part of his life at a young age. After playing for Rice University in Houston, he was drafted in 2003 by the Jacksonville Jaguars and then went on to play for the St. Louis Rams and the Seattle Seahawks. In this episode of the podcast, Brandon talks about how he managed his blood sugars while playing football at this level, and offers some great advice to anyone who wonders if they can accomplish big things if they have T1D.</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772547]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772547</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b2da3511-e5c0-4c81-9651-b83e119a0ab5/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b0b29531-7486-4e08-8069-a5511df5270a.mp3" length="32487552" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#109: How to Get Involved in Clinical Trials</title><itunes:title>#109: How to Get Involved in Clinical Trials</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Dave Walton, the CEO of the T1D Exchange. You have probably heard about the T1D Exchange and are curious about what they do. Dave breaks it down for us in this episode. You'll learn about the work that the T1D Exchange is doing to help doctors and people with diabetes better serve the T1D community.</span></p>
<p><span>Thanks to <a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Dave Walton, the CEO of the T1D Exchange. You have probably heard about the T1D Exchange and are curious about what they do. Dave breaks it down for us in this episode. You'll learn about the work that the T1D Exchange is doing to help doctors and people with diabetes better serve the T1D community.</span></p>
<p><span>Thanks to <a href="https://www.vrtx.com/">Vertex Pharmaceuticals</a>&nbsp;for making this&nbsp;episode possible!</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772546]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772546</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/9acea113-9f0b-4fd9-b4c7-608709486a7e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0d26e3d8-513d-45d1-89e4-e2a7a4896a1d.mp3" length="31389824" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#108: ReImagine Your Life with T1D!</title><itunes:title>#108: ReImagine Your Life with T1D!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I challenge you to think bigger about your life with T1D. You want to show up in the world, without letting diabetes get in the way. But we all know that, sometimes, it does. Identifying and living out your values can be the leverage you need to accomplish big things, without T1D stopping you. I show you how to use your values to your advantage on this episode of the podcast.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Register for ReImagineT1D at <a href="http://www.reimaginet1d.com">www.reimaginet1d.com</a>. Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I challenge you to think bigger about your life with T1D. You want to show up in the world, without letting diabetes get in the way. But we all know that, sometimes, it does. Identifying and living out your values can be the leverage you need to accomplish big things, without T1D stopping you. I show you how to use your values to your advantage on this episode of the podcast.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Register for ReImagineT1D at <a href="http://www.reimaginet1d.com">www.reimaginet1d.com</a>. Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772545]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772545</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/913e0cb3-648c-49a9-a907-e3655b4a5f31/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Sep 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e1a212d3-e0aa-433c-8ebd-52cd7455919e.mp3" length="16777344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#107: Why Your Diabetes is Not Special</title><itunes:title>#107: Why Your Diabetes is Not Special</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I tell you why your diabetes is not special (even though you think it is!). You'll learn the reasons why you tell yourself that the stress you experience with T1D is different from everybody else's stress, and why telling yourself this story is not helpful. Then I'll give you some strategies you can use to see that your diabetes isn't special, and you'll learn how this approach will help you thrive!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I tell you why your diabetes is not special (even though you think it is!). You'll learn the reasons why you tell yourself that the stress you experience with T1D is different from everybody else's stress, and why telling yourself this story is not helpful. Then I'll give you some strategies you can use to see that your diabetes isn't special, and you'll learn how this approach will help you thrive!</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147794538]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147794538</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6c96112d-d5db-48ca-9bf0-532e318a9db2/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/32faf281-f1cc-4c01-b83d-9db000d1a9a7.mp3" length="22212736" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#106: How to Invest in Your Mental Health with T1D</title><itunes:title>#106: How to Invest in Your Mental Health with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I talk about why it takes work to manage the stress of living with T1D, and why putting in the work is an investment worth making. You have all kinds of excuses as to why you can't focus on your mental health, but none of them hold water. In this episode, I give you easy ways that you can invest in your emotional health with T1D and get a guaranteed return.</span></span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I talk about why it takes work to manage the stress of living with T1D, and why putting in the work is an investment worth making. You have all kinds of excuses as to why you can't focus on your mental health, but none of them hold water. In this episode, I give you easy ways that you can invest in your emotional health with T1D and get a guaranteed return.</span></span></p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772544]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772544</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/58bd4955-a9da-43a1-b92f-64afeb914df2/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5c22a95f-616c-4e64-8fdb-6e20fd41069a.mp3" length="22458496" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#105: Think Bigger with T1D + Mental Health</title><itunes:title>#105: Think Bigger with T1D + Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I talk about how you can think bigger in your life with T1D. Do you ever get fixated on NOT feeling burned out, stressed out, or overwhelmed with T1D? Working on your mental health in this way is important, but it is not enough. In this episode I talk about why getting rid of negative emotions is not enough, and I give you some practical tips for thinking bigger with your T1D + mental health.</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I talk about how you can think bigger in your life with T1D. Do you ever get fixated on NOT feeling burned out, stressed out, or overwhelmed with T1D? Working on your mental health in this way is important, but it is not enough. In this episode I talk about why getting rid of negative emotions is not enough, and I give you some practical tips for thinking bigger with your T1D + mental health.</span></p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772542]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772542</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1f5dc340-235b-4536-a091-26ae7869cd40/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4d0a36b6-8e7a-446b-9ff7-3feb679664ca.mp3" length="20461696" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#104: Take the Stress Out of Planning with T1D</title><itunes:title>#104: Take the Stress Out of Planning with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I talk about how you can plan for managing T1D so that it doesn't get in your way. I'll give you some logistical tips and mindset hacks you can use so you can be prepared for anything T1D throws your way, without letting the stress and worry hold you back. After listening to this episode, you'll know exactly what you need to do to reduce the burden of planning in your life with T1D.</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span>, I talk about how you can plan for managing T1D so that it doesn't get in your way. I'll give you some logistical tips and mindset hacks you can use so you can be prepared for anything T1D throws your way, without letting the stress and worry hold you back. After listening to this episode, you'll know exactly what you need to do to reduce the burden of planning in your life with T1D.</span>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a><span>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772539]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772539</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/fbcfdaa3-2319-4c13-99fd-a4bdc9972c1e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a17ee1a4-2396-482e-bba7-da347ab77f34.mp3" length="24868992" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#103: How to Help Your Therapist Understand T1D</title><itunes:title>#103: How to Help Your Therapist Understand T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I talk about what you can do if your therapist does not understand type 1 diabetes. I give you practical tips for helping your therapist learn about your experience with T1D so they can give you the support you need. After listening to this episode, you'll have the tools and resources to get the most out of therapy.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></span><span><span>, I talk about what you can do if your therapist does not understand type 1 diabetes. I give you practical tips for helping your therapist learn about your experience with T1D so they can give you the support you need. After listening to this episode, you'll have the tools and resources to get the most out of therapy.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772536]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772536</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/d3d982c7-918b-4c49-b223-871d2a41eba0/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/33c82b2b-ae5d-447f-b5b1-dd163a53119c.mp3" length="22882432" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>#102: The Key to Accepting T1D</title><itunes:title>#102: The Key to Accepting T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a><span>&nbsp;</span>or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist<span>&nbsp;</span></span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on<span>&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a><span>&nbsp;</span>or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist<span>&nbsp;</span></span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772535]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772535</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/497f6d01-a52d-46fc-aae3-908c5650a140/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/75aea4cb-1e6b-427d-80e6-66bd581e59e4.mp3" length="20818048" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Imposter Syndrome with T1D</title><itunes:title>Imposter Syndrome with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of </span></span><a class="email-link" href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/the-diabetes-psychologist-2/episodes/2147772464"><span><strong><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></strong></span></a><span><span>, I talk all about imposter syndrome with T1D. I discuss where imposter syndrome comes from, how it impacts your mental health with T1D, and also how sometimes it can help you. After listening to this episode, you'll see that imposter syndrome is more common than you think and that it doesn't have to stop you from managing your diabetes. At the end of this episode, I give you five things you can do to deal with imposter syndrome when it rears its ugly head. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a>&nbsp;or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of </span></span><a class="email-link" href="https://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/podcasts/the-diabetes-psychologist-2/episodes/2147772464"><span><strong><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></strong></span></a><span><span>, I talk all about imposter syndrome with T1D. I discuss where imposter syndrome comes from, how it impacts your mental health with T1D, and also how sometimes it can help you. After listening to this episode, you'll see that imposter syndrome is more common than you think and that it doesn't have to stop you from managing your diabetes. At the end of this episode, I give you five things you can do to deal with imposter syndrome when it rears its ugly head. </span></span></p>
<p><span><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a>&nbsp;or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join&nbsp;</span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147772464]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147772464</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/daf69e37-d4dc-415f-a3c8-ea7198aa5be7/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a3b10246-da4a-43c5-b02c-d1447a152005.mp3" length="22214784" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Approaching T1D with a Beginner&apos;s Mind</title><itunes:title>Approaching T1D with a Beginner&apos;s Mind</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of </span></span><em><strong><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></strong></em><span><span>, I talk about why approaching T1D with a beginner's mind can do wonders for your mental health. After listening to this episode, you'll see how being curious, open, and eager to learn about your diabetes, without letting your biases and preconceptions can help you see your T1D in a whole new light. At the end of this episode, I give you some practical tips for how you can start having a beginner's mind in your life with T1D starting today.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this episode of </span></span><em><strong><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span></strong></em><span><span>, I talk about why approaching T1D with a beginner's mind can do wonders for your mental health. After listening to this episode, you'll see how being curious, open, and eager to learn about your diabetes, without letting your biases and preconceptions can help you see your T1D in a whole new light. At the end of this episode, I give you some practical tips for how you can start having a beginner's mind in your life with T1D starting today.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147771954]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147771954</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/aee9017b-ae91-41be-83fd-284b6f42dae6/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Aug 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/608e50c8-5c5b-48a9-b8b5-ea9c2feefd1a.mp3" length="21616768" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:31</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Trusting Your T1D Tech</title><itunes:title>Trusting Your T1D Tech</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this&nbsp;episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast,&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>I dive into how you can develop trust with your diabetes technology. I discuss why learning to trust your insulin pump, CGM, and automated insulin delivery device can be challenging (especially if they have given you a reason not to trust them in the past), and why building trust can help both your diabetes management and your mental health. Then I give you three tips on how to start building trust with whatever T1D technology you use.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>In this&nbsp;episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast,&nbsp;</span></span><span><span>I dive into how you can develop trust with your diabetes technology. I discuss why learning to trust your insulin pump, CGM, and automated insulin delivery device can be challenging (especially if they have given you a reason not to trust them in the past), and why building trust can help both your diabetes management and your mental health. Then I give you three tips on how to start building trust with whatever T1D technology you use.</span></span></p>
<p><span><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a>&nbsp;and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147766617]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147766617</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ab60dce0-355c-4c4b-b38f-7b1baf86a065/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b847ded0-3001-45c3-9d15-c00990d5bc5d.mp3" length="20304000" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Ask Dr. Mark</title><itunes:title>Ask Dr. Mark</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>I love getting questions from my listener's and recently, they have been coming in hot! This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p>
<p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p>
<p>✔️ How you'll know when you're emotionally healthy with T1D</p>
<p>✔️ How to deal with feeling like a failure with T1D</p>
<p>✔️ Why trying so hard to manage T1D might not be the best approach</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a> and join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>I love getting questions from my listener's and recently, they have been coming in hot! This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p>
<p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p>
<p>✔️ How you'll know when you're emotionally healthy with T1D</p>
<p>✔️ How to deal with feeling like a failure with T1D</p>
<p>✔️ Why trying so hard to manage T1D might not be the best approach</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a> and join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147766613]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147766613</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c2f52141-d135-4988-a9a7-013e21df6267/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f3939002-2212-44bf-8291-812dcddc7666.mp3" length="16106906" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Feeling Lost After Being Diagnosed with T1D</title><itunes:title>Feeling Lost After Being Diagnosed with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>The story is the same...</strong></p>
<p>If you were diagnosed with T1D as an adult, you go to the doctor (or the emergency room), they test your glucose and tell you that you have diabetes. Then they hand you a bag with insulin, a couple of&nbsp;generic brochures about diabetes and send you on your way. You know you have T1D, however you have NO IDEA how to manage your condition.</p>
<p>Sound familiar?</p>
<p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Stephanie. She was diagnosed with T1D 7 years ago at the age of 27, and for&nbsp;a long time,&nbsp;she felt like she had no idea what she was doing. In this episode, we talk about how she was able to get the education and support that she needs.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;</span><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a> or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist<span>&nbsp;</span></span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>The story is the same...</strong></p>
<p>If you were diagnosed with T1D as an adult, you go to the doctor (or the emergency room), they test your glucose and tell you that you have diabetes. Then they hand you a bag with insulin, a couple of&nbsp;generic brochures about diabetes and send you on your way. You know you have T1D, however you have NO IDEA how to manage your condition.</p>
<p>Sound familiar?</p>
<p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Stephanie. She was diagnosed with T1D 7 years ago at the age of 27, and for&nbsp;a long time,&nbsp;she felt like she had no idea what she was doing. In this episode, we talk about how she was able to get the education and support that she needs.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;</span><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, is available on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">Amazon</a> or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist<span>&nbsp;</span></span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join<span>&nbsp;</span></span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span>&nbsp;</span>on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147764343]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147764343</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f7fad4c0-0b16-4175-959a-fa93f7d45488/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/17247f22-af70-4bc3-91a6-6f91efbd9250.mp3" length="25084032" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How I Treat Fear of Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>How I Treat Fear of Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Fear of low blood sugar can make life with type 1 diabetes (T1D) stressful. People with a fear of lows not only have trouble keeping their blood sugar in range but also living their lives. Often, they avoid activities they think may send their blood sugar low, especially physical activity.</p>
<p>People often ask me how I treat folks who have a fear of low blood sugar. I want to walk you through my process step-by-step.</p>
<p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I walk you step-by-step through the process I use to treat people with a fear of low blood sugar. I talk about an innovative method that I have used to treat a person whose goal is to get more active.</p>
<p>My book,<em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It,</strong></em> can be purchased <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">HERE</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a> and join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community </a>on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Fear of low blood sugar can make life with type 1 diabetes (T1D) stressful. People with a fear of lows not only have trouble keeping their blood sugar in range but also living their lives. Often, they avoid activities they think may send their blood sugar low, especially physical activity.</p>
<p>People often ask me how I treat folks who have a fear of low blood sugar. I want to walk you through my process step-by-step.</p>
<p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I walk you step-by-step through the process I use to treat people with a fear of low blood sugar. I talk about an innovative method that I have used to treat a person whose goal is to get more active.</p>
<p>My book,<em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It,</strong></em> can be purchased <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/1643888730/">HERE</a>. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist</a> and join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community </a>on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147759966]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147759966</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/80bb17ef-2814-439d-873f-f2a25009b4a0/0smoys2ksckhfkvrweji-the-diabetes-psychologist-podcast-artwork.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ccabe296-690d-4efd-b4cb-0e873dca8e80.mp3" length="23922816" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Breaking Down the Feedback About My Book! </title><itunes:title>Breaking Down the Feedback About My Book! </itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s been about 2 months since my book,</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">, was released! Since then, I have been receiving fantastic feedback, both positive and negative, that I want to dig a little deeper into today.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share an overview of my style of work around T1D and mental health and answer questions that critics brought forward in their feedback.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It’s been about 2 months since my book,</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">, was released! Since then, I have been receiving fantastic feedback, both positive and negative, that I want to dig a little deeper into today.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share an overview of my style of work around T1D and mental health and answer questions that critics brought forward in their feedback.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147750232]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147750232</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/430034f7-20e2-44c4-a7a2-485612e59373/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/084c3e36-0f90-4b0f-82c4-ada23bc312a0.mp3" length="21631104" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How Your Diabetes Emotions Are Holding You Hostage</title><itunes:title>How Your Diabetes Emotions Are Holding You Hostage</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you live with diabetes or care for someone with diabetes, you carry the weight of constantly being aware of your blood sugar and that can become incredibly exhausting! Sometimes, you may feel confident and in control, and other times, you may feel defeated. If you are experiencing difficult emotions such as burnout or frustrations around your diabetes, know that<strong> this is completely normal</strong>, but can be managed to protect your mental health and wellbeing.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">I know you may want to throw your CGM across the room or even ignore your diabetes for a while, but instead, I want you to pause and take a deep breath. Diabetes is hard and can feel all-consuming, but I am here to guide and support you through your journey.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I explain how we can become hostage to the stories we tell ourselves about T1D when we are having a difficult time. I share tips on how to break free from the chains of T1D so you can get back to living your life.&nbsp;</p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When you live with diabetes or care for someone with diabetes, you carry the weight of constantly being aware of your blood sugar and that can become incredibly exhausting! Sometimes, you may feel confident and in control, and other times, you may feel defeated. If you are experiencing difficult emotions such as burnout or frustrations around your diabetes, know that<strong> this is completely normal</strong>, but can be managed to protect your mental health and wellbeing.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">I know you may want to throw your CGM across the room or even ignore your diabetes for a while, but instead, I want you to pause and take a deep breath. Diabetes is hard and can feel all-consuming, but I am here to guide and support you through your journey.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I explain how we can become hostage to the stories we tell ourselves about T1D when we are having a difficult time. I share tips on how to break free from the chains of T1D so you can get back to living your life.&nbsp;</p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147749405]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147749405</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/78765572-77b7-4e68-91da-a8fc8d837f00/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0fe18cfc-d553-477f-a840-253f5147b3df.mp3" length="20768896" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The Anatomy of the Stories We Tell Ourselves about Diabetes</title><itunes:title>The Anatomy of the Stories We Tell Ourselves about Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>What do you tell yourself when you are facing challenges in your life with diabetes?</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">How you feel about yourself and your diabetes matters, but we all know how difficult diabetes can be and when we are dealing with challenges, sometimes we make things worse through the negative stories and thoughts we create in our minds about our diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why you might be making your diabetes challenges worse </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">through</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the stories you tell yourself about your diabetes and how you can flip your mindset and stop the bad thoughts in their tracks.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>What do you tell yourself when you are facing challenges in your life with diabetes?</strong> <span style="font-weight: 400;">How you feel about yourself and your diabetes matters, but we all know how difficult diabetes can be and when we are dealing with challenges, sometimes we make things worse through the negative stories and thoughts we create in our minds about our diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why you might be making your diabetes challenges worse </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">through</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the stories you tell yourself about your diabetes and how you can flip your mindset and stop the bad thoughts in their tracks.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147749039]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147749039</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/d85d98ff-557c-472c-9e87-5f4ae9723c62/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e31be504-8d66-4f99-93f7-97a3b24ba3a7.mp3" length="22886528" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Physical Safety vs. Emotional Safety with T1D</title><itunes:title>Physical Safety vs. Emotional Safety with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">How many times have you checked your blood sugar and it’s out of range, so you throw logic out the window and quickly react instead of pausing to think about what your next move should be? Maybe you panic and start eating the entire kitchen due to a low blood sugar, or you take more insulin than needed because you are terrified of the issues that can happen when your blood sugar is at a higher level for a long period of time. No matter the situation, diabetes management can be incredibly challenging, but it’s important to take time to recognize and analyze your own feelings and management patterns so you can navigate your personal journey safely.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss the difference between physical safety and emotional safety and how you can know the difference so that you can keep yourself physically safe while empowering yourself to try new things and experiences.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">How many times have you checked your blood sugar and it’s out of range, so you throw logic out the window and quickly react instead of pausing to think about what your next move should be? Maybe you panic and start eating the entire kitchen due to a low blood sugar, or you take more insulin than needed because you are terrified of the issues that can happen when your blood sugar is at a higher level for a long period of time. No matter the situation, diabetes management can be incredibly challenging, but it’s important to take time to recognize and analyze your own feelings and management patterns so you can navigate your personal journey safely.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss the difference between physical safety and emotional safety and how you can know the difference so that you can keep yourself physically safe while empowering yourself to try new things and experiences.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147744099]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147744099</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/761da7e4-687b-4525-9b19-a0f5ae227812/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4cff8324-ba3a-472a-b9d5-39a6255fbe09.mp3" length="23513216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Improving Your Mindset in the Long Game of Diabetes &amp; Mental Health</title><itunes:title>Improving Your Mindset in the Long Game of Diabetes &amp; Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>How are you feeling right now in your life with diabetes and mental health?&nbsp;</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">(<em>ex: stressed, overwhelmed, strong, confident, tired, content, burnout, etc.</em>)</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a moment to check in with yourself because your mindset and feelings around your diabetes and mental health are valid and important. </span><strong>Diabetes is a long game, but it doesn’t have to hold you back from enjoying your life</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>.</strong> There may be times when you want to throw in the towel, but this will only make the mental health challenges&nbsp;of diabetes even harder. Y</span>ou are in the game and it<span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;will take time and effort to find the tools and mindset that work for you to manage your diabetes and mental health, but the payoff is worth it. We are in this game together!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss the importance of thinking about diabetes and mental health as a long game and share tools to support you as you strengthen your knowledge and understanding of your relationship with&nbsp;diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong>How are you feeling right now in your life with diabetes and mental health?&nbsp;</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">(<em>ex: stressed, overwhelmed, strong, confident, tired, content, burnout, etc.</em>)</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a moment to check in with yourself because your mindset and feelings around your diabetes and mental health are valid and important. </span><strong>Diabetes is a long game, but it doesn’t have to hold you back from enjoying your life</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>.</strong> There may be times when you want to throw in the towel, but this will only make the mental health challenges&nbsp;of diabetes even harder. Y</span>ou are in the game and it<span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;will take time and effort to find the tools and mindset that work for you to manage your diabetes and mental health, but the payoff is worth it. We are in this game together!</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss the importance of thinking about diabetes and mental health as a long game and share tools to support you as you strengthen your knowledge and understanding of your relationship with&nbsp;diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147740976]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147740976</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/0d4283dd-283a-4809-9f2b-ed2de493d60c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jun 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e03c03aa-2d0d-495e-bfb0-2f0e0759b248.mp3" length="21837952" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>My Biggest Mental Health Challenges with T1D</title><itunes:title>My Biggest Mental Health Challenges with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Is it important for you to have someone on your diabetes healthcare team who also lives with diabetes?</em> I recently asked my Instagram followers this question and many responses said <strong>yes</strong>, it’s extremely important for them that someone on their team had diabetes.&nbsp;</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes is challenging and you want someone who really <strong>GETS IT</strong> and knows the day-to-day work that goes into your diabetes management. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Even though many of us may not have the opportunity to have someone on our team who has diabetes, I want to make sure I am giving you the best information I can because as both a mental health professional and&nbsp;a person who lives with type 1 diabetes, <strong>I GET IT</strong>. I know where you are coming from and I have lived through many of my own struggles with diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 3 of my biggest mental health challenges with T1D and the tools that helped me to overcome them. I hope that sharing my own struggles and the skills I learned, helps you to reflect and overcome your own struggles so you can be more spontaneous and present in your life.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Is it important for you to have someone on your diabetes healthcare team who also lives with diabetes?</em> I recently asked my Instagram followers this question and many responses said <strong>yes</strong>, it’s extremely important for them that someone on their team had diabetes.&nbsp;</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes is challenging and you want someone who really <strong>GETS IT</strong> and knows the day-to-day work that goes into your diabetes management. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Even though many of us may not have the opportunity to have someone on our team who has diabetes, I want to make sure I am giving you the best information I can because as both a mental health professional and&nbsp;a person who lives with type 1 diabetes, <strong>I GET IT</strong>. I know where you are coming from and I have lived through many of my own struggles with diabetes.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 3 of my biggest mental health challenges with T1D and the tools that helped me to overcome them. I hope that sharing my own struggles and the skills I learned, helps you to reflect and overcome your own struggles so you can be more spontaneous and present in your life.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><br><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147735031]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147735031</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/25281f51-fd1f-4bee-add3-3d4125c80c9f/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e31a0861-be47-40bc-878b-c34c6db960bc.mp3" length="23550080" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Navigating the Mental Gymnastics of Diabetes</title><itunes:title>Navigating the Mental Gymnastics of Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Two years ago, at the age of 33, Jake was diagnosed with diabetes. Having lived a majority of his life without diabetes, Jake has been struggling with grieving his old life&nbsp;and is in the process of learning how to balance diabetes without it becoming all-consuming.</span></p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I coach Jake and discuss tips to help him navigate the mental gymnastics of diabetes. Even though his life has changed, he can still find ways to do the things he enjoys with flexibility and freedom as a T1D.&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.&nbsp;</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Two years ago, at the age of 33, Jake was diagnosed with diabetes. Having lived a majority of his life without diabetes, Jake has been struggling with grieving his old life&nbsp;and is in the process of learning how to balance diabetes without it becoming all-consuming.</span></p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I coach Jake and discuss tips to help him navigate the mental gymnastics of diabetes. Even though his life has changed, he can still find ways to do the things he enjoys with flexibility and freedom as a T1D.&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.&nbsp;</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147734289]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147734289</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/bfc31095-4dd1-4ad9-8de3-9cafed09b58e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7133c772-5084-4b6c-815c-eae4c240c069.mp3" length="33378432" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Identifying Risk &amp; Protective Factors in Your Mental Health with T1D</title><itunes:title>Identifying Risk &amp; Protective Factors in Your Mental Health with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>**Content warning: we discuss drug prevention in an example during this podcast episode at 2:30. If you want to avoid this section, please skip to 4:04**</em></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">From time to time, we all struggle with creating a healthy mental space while managing diabetes. When you think about your own mental health, do you have specific methods, routines, or habits, you lean on that help you feel better? On the other hand, do you find a way to sabotage your mental health? Think about how you are caring for your mental health in a healthy way or your struggles that may potentially be making it worse - these are your&nbsp;risk factors and protective factors.&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share a framework to help you identify risk and protective factors in your life with T1D so that you can spend more time doing what works for you and less of what doesn’t.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><strong><em>**Content warning: we discuss drug prevention in an example during this podcast episode at 2:30. If you want to avoid this section, please skip to 4:04**</em></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">From time to time, we all struggle with creating a healthy mental space while managing diabetes. When you think about your own mental health, do you have specific methods, routines, or habits, you lean on that help you feel better? On the other hand, do you find a way to sabotage your mental health? Think about how you are caring for your mental health in a healthy way or your struggles that may potentially be making it worse - these are your&nbsp;risk factors and protective factors.&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share a framework to help you identify risk and protective factors in your life with T1D so that you can spend more time doing what works for you and less of what doesn’t.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram </span><a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">@thediabetespsychologist </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">and join </span><a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147731138]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147731138</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1265a068-3248-4639-a738-ba642b3f56e0/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c2d75059-148e-40ef-bb87-5481741d9919.mp3" length="21532800" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to See Yourself as More Than a Person with Diabetes</title><itunes:title>How to See Yourself as More Than a Person with Diabetes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes </span><strong>does not</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> define you.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>The stress of diabetes can feel&nbsp;overwhelming&nbsp;at times - like you can’t breathe or focus on anything else. It can feel like a constant balance between enjoying your life and prioritizing your diabetes management. But what if you could do both? You deserve to live your life to the fullest and to feel empowered to prioritize your hobbies, social activities, and all the aspects that make you…</span><strong><span>YOU</span></strong><span>.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 3 steps to help you see yourself as more than a person with diabetes and to take back the reigns on your life.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a target="_blank" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span>.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a target="_blank" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</span></a><span>and join&nbsp;</span><a target="_blank" href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Diabetes </span><strong>does not</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> define you.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>The stress of diabetes can feel&nbsp;overwhelming&nbsp;at times - like you can’t breathe or focus on anything else. It can feel like a constant balance between enjoying your life and prioritizing your diabetes management. But what if you could do both? You deserve to live your life to the fullest and to feel empowered to prioritize your hobbies, social activities, and all the aspects that make you…</span><strong><span>YOU</span></strong><span>.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 3 steps to help you see yourself as more than a person with diabetes and to take back the reigns on your life.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or from my website,</span><a target="_blank" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>&nbsp;www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</span></a><span>.&nbsp;</span></p>
<p><span>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;</span><a target="_blank" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</span></a><span>and join&nbsp;</span><a target="_blank" href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity" class="editor-rtfLink" rel="noopener noreferrer"><span>The Diabetes Psychologist Community</span></a><span>&nbsp;on Facebook.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147727208]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147727208</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/70c263fd-657d-4dc7-86f6-1096efa4d43c/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6864a5e5-b659-4663-95e6-2e1c1f36ae9d.mp3" length="22921344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Your Mental Health and Your Blood Sugars</title><itunes:title>Your Mental Health and Your Blood Sugars</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p class="ql-block">Have you ever felt <strong><em>really </em></strong>stressed out and then your CGM alarm starts blaring or your finger stick shows your sugars are going high, which then caused you to stress out even more? We have all been through stressful situations that are almost identical to this scenario. Have you ever stopped to reflect on how your mental health was impacting your blood sugars? We can't talk about managing your blood sugars without talking about your mental health because they are actually deeply intertwined and play a huge role in diabetes management.</p>
<p class="ql-block">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 4 reasons why paying attention to your mental health is key to getting your blood sugars in range and discuss why mental health matters for your blood sugars and why blood sugars matter for your mental health.&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">My new book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a class="ql-link" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@thediabetespsychologist </a>and join <a class="ql-link" href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p class="ql-block">Have you ever felt <strong><em>really </em></strong>stressed out and then your CGM alarm starts blaring or your finger stick shows your sugars are going high, which then caused you to stress out even more? We have all been through stressful situations that are almost identical to this scenario. Have you ever stopped to reflect on how your mental health was impacting your blood sugars? We can't talk about managing your blood sugars without talking about your mental health because they are actually deeply intertwined and play a huge role in diabetes management.</p>
<p class="ql-block">In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I share 4 reasons why paying attention to your mental health is key to getting your blood sugars in range and discuss why mental health matters for your blood sugars and why blood sugars matter for your mental health.&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">My new book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It, can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website,&nbsp;<a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.</a>&nbsp;</p>
<p class="ql-block">Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a class="ql-link" href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@thediabetespsychologist </a>and join <a class="ql-link" href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147725117]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147725117</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b48136ec-591b-466b-928d-0d5cedf7896e/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2022 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c85741d7-b0d1-407f-958a-96f80b468c39.mp3" length="19931264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Ask Dr. Mark</title><itunes:title>Ask Dr. Mark</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>My new book, <em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</strong></em>, launched this week!!</p>
<p>For the past year, I have been working tirelessly to create a useful and easy-to-read guide for managing the emotional challenges of T1D. This book is designed to guide and support you as you build upon your skills in diabetes management and tap into some amazing resources that will show you how much more enjoyable life can be when you accept that you can handle diabetes..even when it sucks!</p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I answer questions that I have received from my listeners and readers over the past few months about real-life applications for the concepts within the book. This episode is a sneak peek of what you can expect when you read the book!</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. </a></p>
<p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>My new book, <em><strong>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It</strong></em>, launched this week!!</p>
<p>For the past year, I have been working tirelessly to create a useful and easy-to-read guide for managing the emotional challenges of T1D. This book is designed to guide and support you as you build upon your skills in diabetes management and tap into some amazing resources that will show you how much more enjoyable life can be when you accept that you can handle diabetes..even when it sucks!</p>
<p>In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I answer questions that I have received from my listeners and readers over the past few months about real-life applications for the concepts within the book. This episode is a sneak peek of what you can expect when you read the book!</p>
<p>Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It can now be purchased on Amazon or on my website, <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book.">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book. </a></p>
<p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram @thediabetespsychologist and join The Diabetes Psychologist Community on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147723028]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147723028</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/df24bec6-5a63-4101-91f7-6818b54d8c3f/00c6c3-2de0-beef-4cdd-306036316746-untitled-design-1.png"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Apr 2022 10:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5241fbb1-d75a-4c6e-ae54-1c202f0a2f6a.mp3" length="19556480" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Why Avoiding the Stress of T1D is Not the Answer</title><itunes:title>Why Avoiding the Stress of T1D is Not the Answer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you ever feel like you just need a break from diabetes? Do you think the best way to reduce your stress is to avoid thinking about and managing diabetes for a while?</p> <p>On paper, that makes sense. However, what actually happens is you make the situation worse. The more you try to avoid the stress of diabetes, the harder it comes back to bite you.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about The Paradox of Avoidance. You'll hear why trying to avoid stress does the exact opposite of what you want it to do. I show you how leaning into the stress makes it easier to deal with, and I give you some tips to help you do just that.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you ever feel like you just need a break from diabetes? Do you think the best way to reduce your stress is to avoid thinking about and managing diabetes for a while?</p> <p>On paper, that makes sense. However, what actually happens is you make the situation worse. The more you try to avoid the stress of diabetes, the harder it comes back to bite you.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about The Paradox of Avoidance. You'll hear why trying to avoid stress does the exact opposite of what you want it to do. I show you how leaning into the stress makes it easier to deal with, and I give you some tips to help you do just that.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721790]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721790</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/527f9e6a-39a5-4593-8fdd-7385d486b5c3/1dab129c-55a5-4411-bb64-3b166ac004bc.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 11:00:27 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/664e7a18-0e85-43ef-a41b-28f0fc240c3e.mp3" length="18759808" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>83</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>5 Things I Learned about T1D While Writing My Book</title><itunes:title>5 Things I Learned about T1D While Writing My Book</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
         My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It comes out soon!   &nbsp;   As I think about the quickly approaching book release, I wanted to take some time to reflect on the habits that I formed and the lessons that I learned while writing the book.&nbsp;   In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about the 5 lessons I learned while writing my book. I share some tips on how you can use these lessons in your life to improve your diabetes management.&nbsp;   &nbsp;   Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It will be on April 19, 2022. You will be able to purchase the book on Amazon or on my website, <a class="ql-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>.</span>    <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>  
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
         My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It comes out soon!   &nbsp;   As I think about the quickly approaching book release, I wanted to take some time to reflect on the habits that I formed and the lessons that I learned while writing the book.&nbsp;   In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about the 5 lessons I learned while writing my book. I share some tips on how you can use these lessons in your life to improve your diabetes management.&nbsp;   &nbsp;   Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It will be on April 19, 2022. You will be able to purchase the book on Amazon or on my website, <a class="ql-link" href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/book</a><span>.</span>    <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>  
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721791]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721791</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a654aa66-6fd9-46b0-9626-340d014546f5/6e169b9c-d150-4945-99ec-f607f7c9cdb2.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 11:00:10 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/90c76a5a-27c5-4779-bfec-a452d05146cc.mp3" length="21577856" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>82</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>New Ways to Get the Mental Health Support You Need with T1D</title><itunes:title>New Ways to Get the Mental Health Support You Need with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
         I love when I have the chance to chat with other mental health professionals who specialize in diabetes. It is even more exciting when those professionals are creating inclusive opportunities that go beyond the physically-focused mindset surrounding a diabetes diagnosis.   &nbsp;   In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, my guests are Allison Nimlos, LAMFT, and Sara Adams, LCSW. Both Allison and Sara are therapists who live with diabetes and work with people living with diabetes. Together, they are putting on the FIRST EVER Diabetes + Mental Health Conference on May 20-21, 2022. I hope this conversation sparks your interest in learning more about diabetes and mental health.&nbsp;   &nbsp;   To find out more and register for the Diabetes + Mental Health Conference, go to <a href="https://dmhconference.vfairs.com/">https://dmhconference.vfairs.com/</a> or follow <a href="https://www.instagram.com/dmhconference/">@dmhconference</a> on Instagram. <span>Early bird registration ends Sunday, April 3</span>   &nbsp;   You can find Allison on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetictherapist/">@thediabetictherapist</a>. You can find Sara on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1dtherapist/">@t1dtherapist</a>. Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10. <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>  
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
         I love when I have the chance to chat with other mental health professionals who specialize in diabetes. It is even more exciting when those professionals are creating inclusive opportunities that go beyond the physically-focused mindset surrounding a diabetes diagnosis.   &nbsp;   In this episode of the Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, my guests are Allison Nimlos, LAMFT, and Sara Adams, LCSW. Both Allison and Sara are therapists who live with diabetes and work with people living with diabetes. Together, they are putting on the FIRST EVER Diabetes + Mental Health Conference on May 20-21, 2022. I hope this conversation sparks your interest in learning more about diabetes and mental health.&nbsp;   &nbsp;   To find out more and register for the Diabetes + Mental Health Conference, go to <a href="https://dmhconference.vfairs.com/">https://dmhconference.vfairs.com/</a> or follow <a href="https://www.instagram.com/dmhconference/">@dmhconference</a> on Instagram. <span>Early bird registration ends Sunday, April 3</span>   &nbsp;   You can find Allison on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetictherapist/">@thediabetictherapist</a>. You can find Sara on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1dtherapist/">@t1dtherapist</a>. Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10. <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook.</p>  
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721792]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721792</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/850d7ac8-7833-4d34-82bf-89219d167e4d/d497d6b5-6bb0-4677-858c-f370dead2754.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3f935a7a-d723-4472-baac-c751fb7d9a06.mp3" length="30453888" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>81</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>5 Things I Wish I Did Earlier in My Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>5 Things I Wish I Did Earlier in My Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>When I was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes 23 years ago, I had a lot of challenges and had no clue what I was doing!</p> <p>I was scared and overwhelmed.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I tell you about 5 things I wish I would have done earlier in my diagnosis for my mental health. No matter how long you have been living with diabetes, I hope my experiences can help you on your journey.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>When I was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes 23 years ago, I had a lot of challenges and had no clue what I was doing!</p> <p>I was scared and overwhelmed.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I tell you about 5 things I wish I would have done earlier in my diagnosis for my mental health. No matter how long you have been living with diabetes, I hope my experiences can help you on your journey.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721793]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721793</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3ddbd3e0-5289-43df-b7ad-d929f1f16363/e9d0b5dd-120c-4033-b730-b263e8dc0b4f.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 11:00:40 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/293c1bad-0b69-4c70-950e-42767e1f9f43.mp3" length="19286144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>80</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Parent a Teen with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to Parent a Teen with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Being a teenager is tough.</p> <p>Being a teen with T1D is extremely challenging.&nbsp;</p> <p>From navigating relationships with family, friends, and teachers to gaining independence and eventually moving out on their own, diabetes can put a wrench in the already landmine-ridden world of adolescence.</p> <p>But this doesn't mean that all hope is lost!</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Dr. Kenneth Gorfinke. Dr. Ken is a psychologist who works with teens and their parents to help them improve their relationship when it comes to living with type 1 diabetes. In this episode, Dr. Ken talks about how he approaches this work and gives some tips on how parents and teens can put these skills into action.</p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.commonsensetherapy.com/who-we-are/">HERE</a> to find out more about Dr. Ken.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Being a teenager is tough.</p> <p>Being a teen with T1D is extremely challenging.&nbsp;</p> <p>From navigating relationships with family, friends, and teachers to gaining independence and eventually moving out on their own, diabetes can put a wrench in the already landmine-ridden world of adolescence.</p> <p>But this doesn't mean that all hope is lost!</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Dr. Kenneth Gorfinke. Dr. Ken is a psychologist who works with teens and their parents to help them improve their relationship when it comes to living with type 1 diabetes. In this episode, Dr. Ken talks about how he approaches this work and gives some tips on how parents and teens can put these skills into action.</p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.commonsensetherapy.com/who-we-are/">HERE</a> to find out more about Dr. Ken.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721794]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721794</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3fb95531-311c-4f24-917d-3067a49ea4b3/5f1dbe18-43f7-4708-9e20-595593707cfb.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2022 12:00:23 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ab65f33d-8908-40cf-85e4-e2f96ca56dbb.mp3" length="26304640" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>79</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Scapegoating T1D</title><itunes:title>Scapegoating T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you blame T1D for all the problems in your life?&nbsp;</p> <p>You had a bad day at work...diabetes is to blame.</p> <p>You got in a fight with your wife...it's T1D's fault!</p> <p>Your kids aren't behaving...diabetes is responsible.</p> <p>We all scapegoat diabetes to some extent, and sometimes, we don't even realize we are doing it.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to scapegoat T1D and give you the four most common reasons why people do it. Then, I give you three steps you can take to make sure you are not passing the blame to diabetes for the challenges in your life that it's not responsible for.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you blame T1D for all the problems in your life?&nbsp;</p> <p>You had a bad day at work...diabetes is to blame.</p> <p>You got in a fight with your wife...it's T1D's fault!</p> <p>Your kids aren't behaving...diabetes is responsible.</p> <p>We all scapegoat diabetes to some extent, and sometimes, we don't even realize we are doing it.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to scapegoat T1D and give you the four most common reasons why people do it. Then, I give you three steps you can take to make sure you are not passing the blame to diabetes for the challenges in your life that it's not responsible for.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code COMMUNITY to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721795]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721795</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f5a72e99-85e3-48c6-8102-420d6cebccde/5efadf3e-6c63-4574-b32a-7bcc564ea116.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 12:00:42 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/37a912cc-e4d7-461b-b383-baa76f5ad9c1.mp3" length="19443840" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>78</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Building the T1D Community One Photo at a Time</title><itunes:title>Building the T1D Community One Photo at a Time</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The diabetes community has many faces. We come from diverse backgrounds, and each of us is unique. However, we are all united by the common bond of type 1 diabetes.</p> <p>The diabetes community comes together in different ways. Sometimes it's through diabetes camps and in-person events, and other times it's running into another T1D in the wild. The T1D community also comes together through social media, podcasts, and even photography.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Laura Pavlakovich. Laura is the founder of You're Just My Type, an organization that works to create a lasting community around Type 1 Diabetes. Laura started You're Just My Type to use her background in photojournalism to support her passion for building community for people with T1D. In our conversation, we talk about why community, in whatever form it takes, is a critical piece of the T1D + mental health puzzle.</p> <p>You can find out more about You're Just My Type at <a href="https://www.yourejustmytype.com">https://www.yourejustmytype.com</a> and on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/yourejustmytype1/">@yourjustmytype1</a>.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code MYTYPE to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The diabetes community has many faces. We come from diverse backgrounds, and each of us is unique. However, we are all united by the common bond of type 1 diabetes.</p> <p>The diabetes community comes together in different ways. Sometimes it's through diabetes camps and in-person events, and other times it's running into another T1D in the wild. The T1D community also comes together through social media, podcasts, and even photography.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Laura Pavlakovich. Laura is the founder of You're Just My Type, an organization that works to create a lasting community around Type 1 Diabetes. Laura started You're Just My Type to use her background in photojournalism to support her passion for building community for people with T1D. In our conversation, we talk about why community, in whatever form it takes, is a critical piece of the T1D + mental health puzzle.</p> <p>You can find out more about You're Just My Type at <a href="https://www.yourejustmytype.com">https://www.yourejustmytype.com</a> and on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/yourejustmytype1/">@yourjustmytype1</a>.</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership. Use code MYTYPE to get your first month for $10.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721796]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721796</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/bcc955fa-1c2a-46e2-a89a-317e9c703e1a/4cc96664-1ebf-4d1e-a5af-7f29b6593645.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/05f8366b-feab-4773-afd2-01a452792f5b.mp3" length="21121152" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>77</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Ask Dr. Mark</title><itunes:title>Ask Dr. Mark</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        My listener's keep the questions coming, and I want to keep the answers flowing. <p>This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p> <p>✔️ How to make T1D less annoying</p> <p>✔️ How to combat decision fatigue</p> <p>✔️ How to learn to trust diabetes technology</p> <p>✔️ Whether T1D ever gets any easier</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        My listener's keep the questions coming, and I want to keep the answers flowing. <p>This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is dedicated to answering your questions.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer questions about:</p> <p>✔️ How to make T1D less annoying</p> <p>✔️ How to combat decision fatigue</p> <p>✔️ How to learn to trust diabetes technology</p> <p>✔️ Whether T1D ever gets any easier</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721797]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721797</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/036081c6-c2e1-4867-8a77-0509c03e993c/7664c5a6-6380-4565-8b57-7144c7949779.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5db59877-0ade-4fe4-81b8-639176c331a9.mp3" length="22360192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>76</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Be Self-Compassionate with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to Be Self-Compassionate with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Raise your hand if you've even been self-critical about T1D.</p> <p>People with T1D tend to be hard on themselves. We beat ourselves up when our blood sugars are out of range, when we don't make the healthiest choices, or when the emotional burden of T1D weighs us down.<br> Self-compassion with T1D is possible, and I want to tell you how.</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about self-compassion and give you a step-by-step guide on how you can be more compassionate with yourself around the struggles of T1D. I also give you two challenges to help you put these tools into practice starting today!</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Raise your hand if you've even been self-critical about T1D.</p> <p>People with T1D tend to be hard on themselves. We beat ourselves up when our blood sugars are out of range, when we don't make the healthiest choices, or when the emotional burden of T1D weighs us down.<br> Self-compassion with T1D is possible, and I want to tell you how.</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about self-compassion and give you a step-by-step guide on how you can be more compassionate with yourself around the struggles of T1D. I also give you two challenges to help you put these tools into practice starting today!</p> <p>Click&nbsp;<a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a>&nbsp;to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721798]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721798</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6e5695c7-0f18-408c-84e7-24147bd4f553/48e729ca-5766-45e8-a67e-e4bc63272608.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1bf2e85e-89ed-42e5-9c57-6df32c5caf4c.mp3" length="22990976" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>75</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Focus on Input, Not Output with T1D</title><itunes:title>Focus on Input, Not Output with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>You are probably focusing your time and energy with T1D in the wrong place!</p> <p>You most likely focus your attention on things you don't have complete control over. You focus on your blood sugars and how you feel physically and emotionally. You try to control these variables, sometimes with limited success. And when you can't control them, you double down and try even harder.</p> <p>What if I told you there was a better place to focus your energy with T1D?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why you shouldn't focus your efforts on your diabetes output. Instead, you should focus your time and energy on what you have complete control over--your input. When you focus on your diabetes management behavior, not only do you see what you can control, but the output follows. You feel more confident, and your blood sugar and stress levels will thank you. In this episode, I give you four steps you can take to focus on your input with T1D.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>You are probably focusing your time and energy with T1D in the wrong place!</p> <p>You most likely focus your attention on things you don't have complete control over. You focus on your blood sugars and how you feel physically and emotionally. You try to control these variables, sometimes with limited success. And when you can't control them, you double down and try even harder.</p> <p>What if I told you there was a better place to focus your energy with T1D?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why you shouldn't focus your efforts on your diabetes output. Instead, you should focus your time and energy on what you have complete control over--your input. When you focus on your diabetes management behavior, not only do you see what you can control, but the output follows. You feel more confident, and your blood sugar and stress levels will thank you. In this episode, I give you four steps you can take to focus on your input with T1D.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721799]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721799</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4e84e305-8a32-4fff-abc3-706dcab207d0/0050c51d-3347-41b1-bd14-ff07f8e0d2bb.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a5e7e038-9e76-43be-b795-e6a8453f4706.mp3" length="20129920" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>74</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Try to Fail with T1D!</title><itunes:title>Try to Fail with T1D!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>I don't know about you, but I fail with T1D all the time. Things don't always go as planned. It's just part of life.</p> <p><br> We need to change the way we think about failure with T1D. I want to encourage you to lean in and be open to the possibility of failure in your life with T1D. When you try to avoid failing, you stay stuck and deny yourself the opportunity to grow.</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why failure with T1D can be a good thing. You'll hear how being open to failure can bring freedom and flexibility into your life. At the end of this episode, I give you three steps you can take to allow yourself to fail with T1D and improve your mental health in the process.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>I don't know about you, but I fail with T1D all the time. Things don't always go as planned. It's just part of life.</p> <p><br> We need to change the way we think about failure with T1D. I want to encourage you to lean in and be open to the possibility of failure in your life with T1D. When you try to avoid failing, you stay stuck and deny yourself the opportunity to grow.</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I discuss why failure with T1D can be a good thing. You'll hear how being open to failure can bring freedom and flexibility into your life. At the end of this episode, I give you three steps you can take to allow yourself to fail with T1D and improve your mental health in the process.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721800]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721800</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6327faeb-ca9d-47aa-a487-c00151da1211/87289ea2-923f-46b2-890b-e3c63a2646ff.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7db567fa-159a-4b09-9775-f820777f8da2.mp3" length="18342016" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>73</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>I Wrote a Book!</title><itunes:title>I Wrote a Book!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>I have some exciting news!</p> <p>My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It is coming soon.&nbsp;</p> <p>Last year, I came to a realization. T1D gets a lot more challenging when you start believing you can’t handle this stress. When you accept that T1D sucks AND believe you can handle it, life with T1D gets a lot easier. And from there, this book was born.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast I talk about what you're going to learn when you read the book, as well as what the process of writing the book taught me about managing the stress of T1D. I also give you a sneak peak into what I hope are your biggest takeaways from the book.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>I have some exciting news!</p> <p>My book, Diabetes Sucks and You Can Handle It is coming soon.&nbsp;</p> <p>Last year, I came to a realization. T1D gets a lot more challenging when you start believing you can’t handle this stress. When you accept that T1D sucks AND believe you can handle it, life with T1D gets a lot easier. And from there, this book was born.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast I talk about what you're going to learn when you read the book, as well as what the process of writing the book taught me about managing the stress of T1D. I also give you a sneak peak into what I hope are your biggest takeaways from the book.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721801]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721801</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/019b7f6f-fbe4-4149-8296-dbb4be011cf0/abc8835f-f125-4b02-a8e5-7dc6dcf2976b.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1d1b48c8-dbad-480f-99fb-1f17520bce78.mp3" length="22251648" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>72</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How To Make T1D a Fashion Statement</title><itunes:title>How To Make T1D a Fashion Statement</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Have you ever felt embarrassed by your diabetes supplies? If so, you're not alone!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>The good news is, it doesn't have to be this way!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Kyrra Richards, founder of</span></span> <a class="email-link" href="https://www.myabetic.com/"><span><span>Myabetic</span></span></a><span><span>. A professional dancer, Kyrra was diagnosed with T1D when she was 24 years old, and like many people, felt embarrassed by her diabetes supplies. An artist at heart, she started thinking about how she could make her diabetes gear better reflect her personality. Kyrra started designing stylish medical products to help herself and others feel less self-conscious about their diabetes without knowing anything about fashion. In our conversation, Kyrra talks about how Myabetic's products and the Myabetic community help empower people to manage their diabetes without shame.</span></span></p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>Have you ever felt embarrassed by your diabetes supplies? If so, you're not alone!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>The good news is, it doesn't have to be this way!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Kyrra Richards, founder of</span></span> <a class="email-link" href="https://www.myabetic.com/"><span><span>Myabetic</span></span></a><span><span>. A professional dancer, Kyrra was diagnosed with T1D when she was 24 years old, and like many people, felt embarrassed by her diabetes supplies. An artist at heart, she started thinking about how she could make her diabetes gear better reflect her personality. Kyrra started designing stylish medical products to help herself and others feel less self-conscious about their diabetes without knowing anything about fashion. In our conversation, Kyrra talks about how Myabetic's products and the Myabetic community help empower people to manage their diabetes without shame.</span></span></p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721802]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721802</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/7612619b-a27f-4729-9a8b-50b2a47cbf30/89d4415b-8ec5-4df7-93ea-20cb5c3d0512.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/855938e4-94a8-4291-b593-835500b1f433.mp3" length="28016768" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>71</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Decide if You Need a Diabetes Psychologist</title><itunes:title>How to Decide if You Need a Diabetes Psychologist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>You know that living with T1D is stressful, and you may be struggling with the emotional burden of diabetes. How do you know whether you can deal with this stress on your own or if you should see a mental health professional?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what a diabetes psychologist does. Then I give you some guidelines you can use to help you decide if you need to see a diabetes psychologist. I also talk about other ways that people with T1D can access support to help them navigate the challenges that come with living with T1D every single day.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>You know that living with T1D is stressful, and you may be struggling with the emotional burden of diabetes. How do you know whether you can deal with this stress on your own or if you should see a mental health professional?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what a diabetes psychologist does. Then I give you some guidelines you can use to help you decide if you need to see a diabetes psychologist. I also talk about other ways that people with T1D can access support to help them navigate the challenges that come with living with T1D every single day.</p> <p>Click <a href="https://www.t1dpsychologist.com/membership">HERE</a> to join The Diabetes Psychologist Membership.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721803]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721803</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8b23da12-9c28-4c6a-acfa-0de027f66fbe/1da861c9-505c-42a7-921a-265424030c29.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/329a36da-19cc-4b72-a1c4-bd9995ba1144.mp3" length="19984512" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>70</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Ask Dr. Mark</title><itunes:title>Ask Dr. Mark</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>My listeners reach out and ask all kinds of great questions about T1D &amp; mental health. I want to make sure my answers can reach as many folks as possible!</p> <p>I am going to answer some of your questions on the latest episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer YOUR questions about:</p> <p>✔️ Diabetes and sleep</p> <p>✔️ How to deal with perfectionistic tendencies with T1D&nbsp;</p> <p>✔️ How to find joy in your life with T1D</p> <p>For more information on diabetes and sleep, check out <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode42/">THIS</a> episode.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>My listeners reach out and ask all kinds of great questions about T1D &amp; mental health. I want to make sure my answers can reach as many folks as possible!</p> <p>I am going to answer some of your questions on the latest episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer YOUR questions about:</p> <p>✔️ Diabetes and sleep</p> <p>✔️ How to deal with perfectionistic tendencies with T1D&nbsp;</p> <p>✔️ How to find joy in your life with T1D</p> <p>For more information on diabetes and sleep, check out <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode42/">THIS</a> episode.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721804]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721804</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/61d25601-1a61-425b-b3cb-3a7b77c00274/b70e3178-6fa6-4125-af15-70570c27f1ea.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2022 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d405b458-5eba-4d4d-b326-4d73d6d79c7f.mp3" length="20674688" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>69</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Your Guide for Setting Diabetes Goals for 2022</title><itunes:title>Your Guide for Setting Diabetes Goals for 2022</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>It's time to look ahead and set some big goals for your life with T1D in the new year.</p> <p>Why is it helpful to set diabetes goals? Where do you even start?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I dive into how you can set T1D goals in the new year. You'll get to dream big, push yourself, and see what's possible for you in your life, even with T1D along for the ride.</p> <p>We'll talk about the three types of diabetes-related goals: Blood sugar, mindset, and behavior. And you'll see how these types of goals all complement the other. From this starting point, you'll learn how to drill down to identify your actual goals with T1D.</p> <p>Finally, I'll give you four questions to ask yourself as you set goals for the new year that will set you up for success.</p> <p>Question #1: How much control do I have over the outcome?</p> <p>Question #2: Who is the person I need to become to make this goal a reality?</p> <p>Question #3: Am I willing to fail when I try to achieve this goal?</p> <p>Question #4: What is ONE simple first step I can take today to get closer to my goal?</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>It's time to look ahead and set some big goals for your life with T1D in the new year.</p> <p>Why is it helpful to set diabetes goals? Where do you even start?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I dive into how you can set T1D goals in the new year. You'll get to dream big, push yourself, and see what's possible for you in your life, even with T1D along for the ride.</p> <p>We'll talk about the three types of diabetes-related goals: Blood sugar, mindset, and behavior. And you'll see how these types of goals all complement the other. From this starting point, you'll learn how to drill down to identify your actual goals with T1D.</p> <p>Finally, I'll give you four questions to ask yourself as you set goals for the new year that will set you up for success.</p> <p>Question #1: How much control do I have over the outcome?</p> <p>Question #2: Who is the person I need to become to make this goal a reality?</p> <p>Question #3: Am I willing to fail when I try to achieve this goal?</p> <p>Question #4: What is ONE simple first step I can take today to get closer to my goal?</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721805]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721805</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5457d571-82d6-460e-97df-217e597cb7f3/d2ceab3c-be03-4480-ba7d-19836039a590.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8b0a7630-8f65-452e-ad6f-d90dc6296521.mp3" length="23320704" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>68</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Dr. Mark&apos;s Biggest Learnings from 2021</title><itunes:title>Dr. Mark&apos;s Biggest Learnings from 2021</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>2021 has taught me a whole new set of lesson and I want to share my biggest learnings with you!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>In this episode of</span></span> <span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span><span>, I tell you the FIVE most important things I learned in 2021 about T1D and mental health.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #1:</span></strong> <em><span>T1D doesn't live in a silo.</span></em> <span>Yes, diabetes makes life stressful, but T1D is not the only thing causing you stress in your life. You can't forget that your life affects T1D and T1D impacts your life. The stress works both ways.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #2:</span></strong> <em><span>Quality of life matters.</span></em> <span>There is more to life with with T1D than perfect blood sugars and sometimes, you have to make a choice. Sometimes you may choose your quality of life, and that's ok.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #3:</span></strong> <em><span>Take small steps.</span></em> <span>Managing your blood sugars and the stress of T1D can feel overwhelming, even paralyzing. However, there is almost always one thing you can do to get you closer to your goal. Do it, no matter how insignificant it feels.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #4:</span></strong> <em><span>Mental health support with T1D goes beyond therapy.</span></em> <span>In fact, most people with T1D do not need to see a mental health professional, but they need something. Be willing to think outside the box and use the resources you need.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #5:</span></strong> <em><span>Emotional health with T1D takes practice.</span></em> <span>It does not come naturally to most people. You may not always get it right, but you have to put in the effort and practice if you want to see improvement.</span></span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span>2021 has taught me a whole new set of lesson and I want to share my biggest learnings with you!</span></span></p> <p><span><span>In this episode of</span></span> <span>The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast</span><span><span>, I tell you the FIVE most important things I learned in 2021 about T1D and mental health.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #1:</span></strong> <em><span>T1D doesn't live in a silo.</span></em> <span>Yes, diabetes makes life stressful, but T1D is not the only thing causing you stress in your life. You can't forget that your life affects T1D and T1D impacts your life. The stress works both ways.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #2:</span></strong> <em><span>Quality of life matters.</span></em> <span>There is more to life with with T1D than perfect blood sugars and sometimes, you have to make a choice. Sometimes you may choose your quality of life, and that's ok.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #3:</span></strong> <em><span>Take small steps.</span></em> <span>Managing your blood sugars and the stress of T1D can feel overwhelming, even paralyzing. However, there is almost always one thing you can do to get you closer to your goal. Do it, no matter how insignificant it feels.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #4:</span></strong> <em><span>Mental health support with T1D goes beyond therapy.</span></em> <span>In fact, most people with T1D do not need to see a mental health professional, but they need something. Be willing to think outside the box and use the resources you need.</span></span></p> <p><span><strong><span>Learning #5:</span></strong> <em><span>Emotional health with T1D takes practice.</span></em> <span>It does not come naturally to most people. You may not always get it right, but you have to put in the effort and practice if you want to see improvement.</span></span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721806]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721806</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/994d5a4a-410b-4a6d-b6a8-7e26f6c0e8c3/07a2906e-9d44-4f6d-8097-06b01ad2758b.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/eb7d83bc-5d93-4e6a-8e72-241da9917b84.mp3" length="21227648" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>67</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Navigate Food and the Holidays with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to Navigate Food and the Holidays with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The holiday season can feel like a landmine for people with T1D. You want to enjoy all your favorite foods, but you also want to keep your blood sugar in range. Doing both at the same time feels like an impossible task.</p> <p>That's when things start to get stressful. You start feeling out of control, and you may even want to give up on even trying to manage T1D until after the new year.</p> <p>Living with T1D during the holidays can be complicated. So I brought in an expert to help you navigate food and the holiday season with T1D.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Amanda Ciprich. Amanda is a Registered Dietician who has been living with T1D for over ten years. She is an expert in helping people with T1D develop eating habits that make them feel great and are sustainable long-term. In this episode, Amanda talks about her journey with T1D and food and why she decided to become a dietician. She also shares her best tips for eating the foods you love while managing your blood sugars during the holidays.</p> <p>You can find Amanda at <a href="http://www.t1dnutritionist.com">www.t1dnutritionist.com</a> on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1d.nutritionist/">@t1d.nutritionist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The holiday season can feel like a landmine for people with T1D. You want to enjoy all your favorite foods, but you also want to keep your blood sugar in range. Doing both at the same time feels like an impossible task.</p> <p>That's when things start to get stressful. You start feeling out of control, and you may even want to give up on even trying to manage T1D until after the new year.</p> <p>Living with T1D during the holidays can be complicated. So I brought in an expert to help you navigate food and the holiday season with T1D.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Amanda Ciprich. Amanda is a Registered Dietician who has been living with T1D for over ten years. She is an expert in helping people with T1D develop eating habits that make them feel great and are sustainable long-term. In this episode, Amanda talks about her journey with T1D and food and why she decided to become a dietician. She also shares her best tips for eating the foods you love while managing your blood sugars during the holidays.</p> <p>You can find Amanda at <a href="http://www.t1dnutritionist.com">www.t1dnutritionist.com</a> on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1d.nutritionist/">@t1d.nutritionist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721807]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721807</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f038d1b7-0643-492b-841e-ed06a0daa085/464c17e9-a2f4-45c8-a082-b5636410bc95.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/739a57a1-4798-4657-b3d8-6d1a7f8a10d8.mp3" length="25725056" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>66</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>What T1D and Golf Have in Common</title><itunes:title>What T1D and Golf Have in Common</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Both golf and type 1 diabetes can be frustrating and unpredictable. The similarities don’t stop there. There is a lot you can learn from playing golf that can help you deal with the emotional burden of diabetes.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist, I talk about what T1D and golf have in common. You'll hear how the four key lessons I've learned by playing golf can help you manage diabetes and reduce your stress.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Both golf and type 1 diabetes can be frustrating and unpredictable. The similarities don’t stop there. There is a lot you can learn from playing golf that can help you deal with the emotional burden of diabetes.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist, I talk about what T1D and golf have in common. You'll hear how the four key lessons I've learned by playing golf can help you manage diabetes and reduce your stress.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721808]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721808</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/7246486c-bd7f-40ab-822a-2eb328e696b8/a71fabcc-25fc-42fd-824f-9eb17eb08abc.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4f4f1b36-267a-4814-8f36-35108f350e24.mp3" length="19200128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>65</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Break the Habit of Diabetes Burnout</title><itunes:title>How to Break the Habit of Diabetes Burnout</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>All of us with T1D experience burnout at times. Diabetes burnout is a normal part of living with T1D.</p> <p>But sometimes, you may start to expect to feel burned out. And this expectation can be what actually makes you feel burned out. You get so used to diabetes burnout, and it becomes a habit.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what causes diabetes burnout and how sometimes T1D burnout can get to be a habit. I give you some ways to tell the difference between real T1D burnout and the habit of burnout. I also give you some things you can use to break the habit of burnout, so you don't have to feel burned out any more than necessary.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>All of us with T1D experience burnout at times. Diabetes burnout is a normal part of living with T1D.</p> <p>But sometimes, you may start to expect to feel burned out. And this expectation can be what actually makes you feel burned out. You get so used to diabetes burnout, and it becomes a habit.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what causes diabetes burnout and how sometimes T1D burnout can get to be a habit. I give you some ways to tell the difference between real T1D burnout and the habit of burnout. I also give you some things you can use to break the habit of burnout, so you don't have to feel burned out any more than necessary.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721809]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721809</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/79e414b4-feec-4f3e-b692-588e08f0e0c7/84279ea1-db7e-4c59-9d7c-95e361fc93f8.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1d133dd8-37c9-4441-928c-6ba1eda104f4.mp3" length="26343552" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>64</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Insulin pump or MDI? Which is best for your mental health?</title><itunes:title>Insulin pump or MDI? Which is best for your mental health?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Everybody has an opinion about the best way for you to manage T1D.</p> <p>Your doctor may think a pump is the only way to go. Your friends with T1D might swear by using multiple daily injections (MDI). Your insurance company wants to know what is going to be the most cost-effective option.</p> <p>Which option is best for you? And most importantly, which diabetes management option is best for your mental health?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I break down the mental health advantages and disadvantages of using an insulin pump and MDI. I talk about why making the best choice for you is so important and give you some things to consider as you work to make the decision that's right for you (at least for right now).</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Everybody has an opinion about the best way for you to manage T1D.</p> <p>Your doctor may think a pump is the only way to go. Your friends with T1D might swear by using multiple daily injections (MDI). Your insurance company wants to know what is going to be the most cost-effective option.</p> <p>Which option is best for you? And most importantly, which diabetes management option is best for your mental health?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I break down the mental health advantages and disadvantages of using an insulin pump and MDI. I talk about why making the best choice for you is so important and give you some things to consider as you work to make the decision that's right for you (at least for right now).</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721810]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721810</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8ee87bff-8fbb-44df-989a-3673d467f864/d97f86f6-a124-4c54-b63e-0bc2afa07734.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/47e0febd-89a1-4cbb-bc11-7ac3f6d890a9.mp3" length="24637568" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>63</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How To Reduce Your Anxiety During Exercise</title><itunes:title>How To Reduce Your Anxiety During Exercise</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Nothing makes people with T1D more anxious than the thought of having a low blood sugar during exercise.</p> <p>Exercise with T1D can feel like a big black hole. You never know what to expect.</p> <p>Anxiety about exercise makes some people stop before they even get started, and other people tread very lightly with physical activity when they would rather go all out.</p> <p>What if you were able to exercise with confidence?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, you'll find out how! My guest on this episode is Christel Oerum. Christel is a personal trainer who has been living with T1D since 1997. Her passion is helping people exercise safely and confidently with T1D. Christel is the founder of Diabetes Strong, a platform where people living with diabetes can find all the information they need to live healthy and active lives.&nbsp;</p> <p>You can find Christel at <a href="http://www.diabetstrong.com,">www.diabetstrong.com,</a> on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/diabetesstrong_ig">@diabetesstrong_ig,</a>&nbsp;Facebook at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/DiabetesStrong">@DiabetesStrong</a>, and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/Thefitblog">Youtube.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Nothing makes people with T1D more anxious than the thought of having a low blood sugar during exercise.</p> <p>Exercise with T1D can feel like a big black hole. You never know what to expect.</p> <p>Anxiety about exercise makes some people stop before they even get started, and other people tread very lightly with physical activity when they would rather go all out.</p> <p>What if you were able to exercise with confidence?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, you'll find out how! My guest on this episode is Christel Oerum. Christel is a personal trainer who has been living with T1D since 1997. Her passion is helping people exercise safely and confidently with T1D. Christel is the founder of Diabetes Strong, a platform where people living with diabetes can find all the information they need to live healthy and active lives.&nbsp;</p> <p>You can find Christel at <a href="http://www.diabetstrong.com,">www.diabetstrong.com,</a> on Instagram at <a href="https://www.instagram.com/diabetesstrong_ig">@diabetesstrong_ig,</a>&nbsp;Facebook at <a href="https://www.facebook.com/DiabetesStrong">@DiabetesStrong</a>, and <a href="https://www.youtube.com/c/Thefitblog">Youtube.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721811]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721811</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/28d57202-6817-4d64-9808-7316a12abacc/8a362bb3-e49c-4d42-8a57-a32bbdb813a6.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b278f175-ff22-411c-864a-816318ce1c58.mp3" length="23902336" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>62</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Ask Dr. Mark!</title><itunes:title>Ask Dr. Mark!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>People reach out and ask all kinds of questions about T1D &amp; mental health. I want to make sure my answers can reach as many folks as possible!</p> <p>So I decided to answer some of your questions on the latest episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer YOUR questions about:</p> <p>✔️ The relationship between T1D and anger</p> <p>✔️ Why T1D burnout doesn't go away</p> <p>✔️ How to accept that T1D is forever</p> <p>✔️ What to do if you don't want support</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>People reach out and ask all kinds of questions about T1D &amp; mental health. I want to make sure my answers can reach as many folks as possible!</p> <p>So I decided to answer some of your questions on the latest episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>In this episode of my podcast, I answer YOUR questions about:</p> <p>✔️ The relationship between T1D and anger</p> <p>✔️ Why T1D burnout doesn't go away</p> <p>✔️ How to accept that T1D is forever</p> <p>✔️ What to do if you don't want support</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721812]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721812</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1d3c01a7-6389-48be-b17d-c0b06d07a2a1/20f9d86c-08a8-41ae-a2a6-b40ba87ee39f.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Nov 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3812ea56-f0b1-48ef-8209-8d04b5c349aa.mp3" length="19341440" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>61</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>5 Secrets to Getting Unstuck with T1D</title><itunes:title>5 Secrets to Getting Unstuck with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Does T1D make you feel stuck?</p> <p>Does the stress of T1D hold you back and make it difficult for you to do what you want?</p> <p>It doesn't have to be this way!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you the five secrets to getting unstuck with T1D. This framework will help you move from feeling stuck to feeling free and flexible in your life with T1D. After listening to this episode, you'll see how even though T1D is stressful, you can have an easier time with it!.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Does T1D make you feel stuck?</p> <p>Does the stress of T1D hold you back and make it difficult for you to do what you want?</p> <p>It doesn't have to be this way!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you the five secrets to getting unstuck with T1D. This framework will help you move from feeling stuck to feeling free and flexible in your life with T1D. After listening to this episode, you'll see how even though T1D is stressful, you can have an easier time with it!.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721813]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721813</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/717b3428-3f09-4c6d-8883-44e2d6ce9abc/c41e9034-1aa1-45fc-945d-cefb3f486fbe.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9d9bfd97-4190-45b3-abba-a191b587d9b0.mp3" length="22610048" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>5 Myths About Getting Unstuck with T1D</title><itunes:title>5 Myths About Getting Unstuck with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>If you are like many people, the stress of T1D holds you back. What would you do if the stress of T1D didn't get in your way?</p> <p>You can get unstuck with T1D - I promise!</p> <p>Before you can get unstuck, you have to believe you can do it. If you buy the common myths about what it takes to get unstuck with T1D, you'll never even try!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I help you dispel the FIVE most common myths about what it takes to get unstuck with T1D.</p> <p><strong>Myth #1:</strong> Your blood sugars have to be perfect all the time</p> <p><strong>Myth #2:</strong> You have to stop feeling stressed, burned out, or anxious&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Myth #3</strong>: You have to like having T1D</p> <p><strong>Myth #4:</strong> You have to have support from everyone in your life</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;"><strong>Myth #5:</strong> You don't have to put in any work - it will just happen!</span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>If you are like many people, the stress of T1D holds you back. What would you do if the stress of T1D didn't get in your way?</p> <p>You can get unstuck with T1D - I promise!</p> <p>Before you can get unstuck, you have to believe you can do it. If you buy the common myths about what it takes to get unstuck with T1D, you'll never even try!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I help you dispel the FIVE most common myths about what it takes to get unstuck with T1D.</p> <p><strong>Myth #1:</strong> Your blood sugars have to be perfect all the time</p> <p><strong>Myth #2:</strong> You have to stop feeling stressed, burned out, or anxious&nbsp;</p> <p><strong>Myth #3</strong>: You have to like having T1D</p> <p><strong>Myth #4:</strong> You have to have support from everyone in your life</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;"><strong>Myth #5:</strong> You don't have to put in any work - it will just happen!</span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721814]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721814</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5ae8e9ec-d985-4b4f-bea6-5be5850c4289/5174f400-3a04-4513-bcd7-a7d6fa774adc.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f20ac700-eab2-4ea3-86e7-e421245a93e2.mp3" length="20504704" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>&apos;I want to be healthy&apos; is not a good enough reason to manage T1D!</title><itunes:title>&apos;I want to be healthy&apos; is not a good enough reason to manage T1D!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>When I ask someone why they are willing to work hard to manage diabetes, the answer is almost always 'I want to be healthy.'</p> <p>Wanting to be healthy is NOT a good enough reason!</p> <p>Managing T1D is a lot of work. If you are going to put in the effort, you need more than a vague reason. You need something that will keep you motivated right now.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you five steps to find the real reason you want to work to manage your diabetes. After listening to this episode, you'll have the motivation to work hard to get your blood sugars in range and deal with the stress of T1D because you'll see an immediate payoff!</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>When I ask someone why they are willing to work hard to manage diabetes, the answer is almost always 'I want to be healthy.'</p> <p>Wanting to be healthy is NOT a good enough reason!</p> <p>Managing T1D is a lot of work. If you are going to put in the effort, you need more than a vague reason. You need something that will keep you motivated right now.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you five steps to find the real reason you want to work to manage your diabetes. After listening to this episode, you'll have the motivation to work hard to get your blood sugars in range and deal with the stress of T1D because you'll see an immediate payoff!</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721815]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721815</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/1b779c62-e6ae-4aab-a610-f61c688ad208/50de3535-6767-408a-ba1c-bd39d949d464.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c6b8bf79-2ca8-4672-9e6b-473a6bc55458.mp3" length="10852480" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The Biggest Takeaways from the 1st Year of the Podcast</title><itunes:title>The Biggest Takeaways from the 1st Year of the Podcast</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This week marks <strong>ONE</strong> year of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>And what a year it's been!</p> <p>When I launched the podcast on October 15, 2020, I had no idea what to expect. I knew this podcast was something the T1D community needed, but I had no idea how big of an impact it would have.</p> <p>I have been reflecting on my biggest takeaways from putting out a new episode every week for the past year. My biggest surprise is how much I've learned about myself, diabetes, and about the diabetes community. I have loved every minute of it!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist, I talk about the lessons I learned.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #1:</strong> Do things that scare you. T1D can make you feel anxious, but this anxiety does not have to dictate what you can and cannot do most of the time.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #2:</strong> Progress, not perfection. Life (with or without T1D) will never be perfect. Letting go of perfection takes a load off.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #3:</strong> Small things make a big difference. If you are struggling, try something new.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #4:</strong> We are stronger together. People with T1D need other people with T1D. Period.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #5:</strong> We need to redefine what we mean by mental health support. For people with T1D, mental health support goes beyond therapy. Way beyond therapy.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #6:</strong> Showing up is 80% of the game. When you show up and manage T1D, things get a lot easier.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #7:</strong> Life with T1D is full of endless possibilities. Embrace them!</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This week marks <strong>ONE</strong> year of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast.</p> <p>And what a year it's been!</p> <p>When I launched the podcast on October 15, 2020, I had no idea what to expect. I knew this podcast was something the T1D community needed, but I had no idea how big of an impact it would have.</p> <p>I have been reflecting on my biggest takeaways from putting out a new episode every week for the past year. My biggest surprise is how much I've learned about myself, diabetes, and about the diabetes community. I have loved every minute of it!</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist, I talk about the lessons I learned.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #1:</strong> Do things that scare you. T1D can make you feel anxious, but this anxiety does not have to dictate what you can and cannot do most of the time.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #2:</strong> Progress, not perfection. Life (with or without T1D) will never be perfect. Letting go of perfection takes a load off.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #3:</strong> Small things make a big difference. If you are struggling, try something new.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #4:</strong> We are stronger together. People with T1D need other people with T1D. Period.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #5:</strong> We need to redefine what we mean by mental health support. For people with T1D, mental health support goes beyond therapy. Way beyond therapy.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #6:</strong> Showing up is 80% of the game. When you show up and manage T1D, things get a lot easier.</p> <p><strong>Lesson #7:</strong> Life with T1D is full of endless possibilities. Embrace them!</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721816]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721816</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6ea2821e-53f3-40bf-85a1-0a19de23f0cc/28bad33b-d82c-4494-9271-630b27c8c51d.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4b91a4d3-fd9a-4429-be9b-b258af241bb5.mp3" length="22243456" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Tips to get Mental Health Support from your Endocrinologist</title><itunes:title>Tips to get Mental Health Support from your Endocrinologist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>You are the captain of your diabetes care team, and you get to set the agenda with what you talk about at your appointments. With T1D, your emotional health matters just as much as your blood sugars, and you need to be able to talk to your endocrinologist about both!</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I tell you how you can talk to your diabetes care team about your mental health needs. You'll learn helpful strategies you can use to set the agenda for your appointments so you can walk away knowing you are the most important person on your diabetes team (hint: you are!). When you're in the driver's seat of your diabetes management, and you have a team to support you, the emotional challenges of T1D become a lot easier to navigate!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>You are the captain of your diabetes care team, and you get to set the agenda with what you talk about at your appointments. With T1D, your emotional health matters just as much as your blood sugars, and you need to be able to talk to your endocrinologist about both!</p> <p><br> In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I tell you how you can talk to your diabetes care team about your mental health needs. You'll learn helpful strategies you can use to set the agenda for your appointments so you can walk away knowing you are the most important person on your diabetes team (hint: you are!). When you're in the driver's seat of your diabetes management, and you have a team to support you, the emotional challenges of T1D become a lot easier to navigate!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721817]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721817</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f56d0c89-36ab-4c60-8e3f-7d21d34f0f79/237b5c84-f836-481f-bba0-0b753c714f88.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Oct 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/43212ad7-b250-4144-94d8-008d82c92c17.mp3" length="21137536" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Create a Vision for Your Life with T1D</title><itunes:title>Create a Vision for Your Life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you have a vision for your life? What do you want to be able to do in your life that you think you cannot do?&nbsp; How does T1D get in your way of achieving this vision?&nbsp;</p> <p>With T1D, we often talk about what we don't want rather than what we do want. You don't want to feel anxious. You don't want to feel burnt out. You don't want to have diabetes anymore. But where does getting rid of these feelings leave you?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you a 6-step process for identifying and taking steps toward your vision in your life - even when that life includes T1D. You'll learn why you have to dream big, let go of fear, and have a why that matters to make this vision a reality. Once this happens, you'll be able to navigate around any barriers T1D puts in your way!</p> <p><strong>Reimagine T1D</strong> is a FREE interactive virtual workshop that will help you <strong>REIMAGINE</strong> what is possible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>You'll walk away with actionable tools to help you navigate the stress of T1D and get the support you need, so you can live the life you want without letting T1D hold you back. It will take place on <strong>Thursday, October 21, 2021, from 7-9p Eastern</strong>.</p> <p><span style="background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 18pt; color: #c0392b;"><a style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #c0392b;" href="https://www.reimaginet1d.com/">CLICK HERE TO REGISTER!</a></span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you have a vision for your life? What do you want to be able to do in your life that you think you cannot do?&nbsp; How does T1D get in your way of achieving this vision?&nbsp;</p> <p>With T1D, we often talk about what we don't want rather than what we do want. You don't want to feel anxious. You don't want to feel burnt out. You don't want to have diabetes anymore. But where does getting rid of these feelings leave you?</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I give you a 6-step process for identifying and taking steps toward your vision in your life - even when that life includes T1D. You'll learn why you have to dream big, let go of fear, and have a why that matters to make this vision a reality. Once this happens, you'll be able to navigate around any barriers T1D puts in your way!</p> <p><strong>Reimagine T1D</strong> is a FREE interactive virtual workshop that will help you <strong>REIMAGINE</strong> what is possible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>You'll walk away with actionable tools to help you navigate the stress of T1D and get the support you need, so you can live the life you want without letting T1D hold you back. It will take place on <strong>Thursday, October 21, 2021, from 7-9p Eastern</strong>.</p> <p><span style="background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 18pt; color: #c0392b;"><a style="background-color: #ffffff; color: #c0392b;" href="https://www.reimaginet1d.com/">CLICK HERE TO REGISTER!</a></span></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721818]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721818</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f91319d9-6092-45d8-a8c2-40ef72f34eff/741bd43b-34cb-4daf-bc05-bd077550f4d0.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 30 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2f7a2191-b20d-4aff-99df-0993352c6405.mp3" length="22274176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:12</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>What your support system needs from you -  and how to give it to them!</title><itunes:title>What your support system needs from you -  and how to give it to them!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes should never be a do-it-yourself condition. We all need support to help us navigate the stress of living with T1D.<br> Unless you live at a diabetes camp full time, you are around people who don't have T1D every day. Many of these people try hard to support you when T1D gets stressful.</p> <p><br> But what do you do to support them?</p> <p><br> And how can supporting your support system benefit you?</p> <p>This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is all about why it's critical to support the people in your life who support you - especially those who don't have T1D. You'll learn how lending your team a hand not only helps them but also helps you. I'll give you 5 specific ways you can start supporting your T1D support team today.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes should never be a do-it-yourself condition. We all need support to help us navigate the stress of living with T1D.<br> Unless you live at a diabetes camp full time, you are around people who don't have T1D every day. Many of these people try hard to support you when T1D gets stressful.</p> <p><br> But what do you do to support them?</p> <p><br> And how can supporting your support system benefit you?</p> <p>This episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is all about why it's critical to support the people in your life who support you - especially those who don't have T1D. You'll learn how lending your team a hand not only helps them but also helps you. I'll give you 5 specific ways you can start supporting your T1D support team today.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721819]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721819</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6796004e-d99b-449f-96b7-19cc80efc14a/2f021ec6-85fd-43c2-b365-afe753148354.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 23 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e4a22e1b-5ce9-42e0-872a-8ff88a52e249.mp3" length="20084864" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to manage your expectations with T1D (and why it&apos;s important!)</title><itunes:title>How to manage your expectations with T1D (and why it&apos;s important!)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>People with type 1 diabetes tend to be perfectionists. We don't like it when things do not go as planned. But if you live with T1D, you know that perfection is not always possible.</p> <p>When you set expectations for yourself around T1D that you can't meet, you set yourself up for failure. You not only get frustrated with yourself, but you also don't let yourself see how well you are actually doing. You get stuck thinking that no matter what you do, it won't be good enough.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about why managing your expectations for what success looks like with T1D is critical for your emotional health. We'll look at four areas where people with T1D tend to set unrealistic expectations, and you'll get strategies you can use to help you develop more realistic expectations in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>People with type 1 diabetes tend to be perfectionists. We don't like it when things do not go as planned. But if you live with T1D, you know that perfection is not always possible.</p> <p>When you set expectations for yourself around T1D that you can't meet, you set yourself up for failure. You not only get frustrated with yourself, but you also don't let yourself see how well you are actually doing. You get stuck thinking that no matter what you do, it won't be good enough.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about why managing your expectations for what success looks like with T1D is critical for your emotional health. We'll look at four areas where people with T1D tend to set unrealistic expectations, and you'll get strategies you can use to help you develop more realistic expectations in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721820]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721820</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/9e99eb60-7734-42c0-9d65-30c273b14812/e0ebd7d2-6345-4e66-ab1e-0f16d1736b2c.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6157525e-f81d-46a0-9bae-225b4a7aa799.mp3" length="20293760" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title> T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</title><itunes:title> T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>It's time to answer more of your questions on T1D &amp; Mental health.</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <ul> <li>Why T1D does not have to be your top priority</li> <li>How to deal with a fear of food with T1D</li> <li>Ways to take a 'break' from the stress of T1D</li> <li>Tips for overcoming T1D imposter syndrome</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Do you have questions that you want me to answer on a future diabetes &amp; mental health audio advice column?</em> <em>Click <a href="../../../contact">HERE</a> to send me a message and ask away!</em></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>It's time to answer more of your questions on T1D &amp; Mental health.</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <ul> <li>Why T1D does not have to be your top priority</li> <li>How to deal with a fear of food with T1D</li> <li>Ways to take a 'break' from the stress of T1D</li> <li>Tips for overcoming T1D imposter syndrome</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Do you have questions that you want me to answer on a future diabetes &amp; mental health audio advice column?</em> <em>Click <a href="../../../contact">HERE</a> to send me a message and ask away!</em></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721821]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721821</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/60573a75-7c92-45b3-b954-408a78dceb21/4c60fa97-8d5a-4470-bff2-ccd67eade585.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 09 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e39149e5-364e-4fa9-98f2-52bd6fecbf12.mp3" length="16201856" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to do an inventory of your emotional health with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to do an inventory of your emotional health with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>If you are like most people, you have a vague, stock answer that you always use to describe your emotional state with T1D.</p> <p>Fine. Tired. Burnout.</p> <p>But that does not tell the whole story about how you are doing. And it certainly doesn't do anything to help you improve your situation.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how to do an inventory of your mental health with T1D. A mental health inventory looks at how you are doing in different areas of your life with T1D. You get to see not only how you are doing but what your life with T1D will look like when things have improved. I guide you through the process of doing a mental health inventory of your life with T1D, show you how you can use your inventory to make real improvements in your emotional health.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>If you are like most people, you have a vague, stock answer that you always use to describe your emotional state with T1D.</p> <p>Fine. Tired. Burnout.</p> <p>But that does not tell the whole story about how you are doing. And it certainly doesn't do anything to help you improve your situation.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how to do an inventory of your mental health with T1D. A mental health inventory looks at how you are doing in different areas of your life with T1D. You get to see not only how you are doing but what your life with T1D will look like when things have improved. I guide you through the process of doing a mental health inventory of your life with T1D, show you how you can use your inventory to make real improvements in your emotional health.</p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721822]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721822</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/44570f85-44fa-4fd7-8e45-3b9113ca3c22/1773e35a-e31c-45fd-9c3f-0e07da3f4428.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4f35e07c-2f0f-4075-be44-5b089a150c9f.mp3" length="20480128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to be an effective CEO of your life with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to be an effective CEO of your life with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>You are the chief executive officer (CEO) of your life with T1D. As the CEO, you get to define your mission and vision and decide on what short- and long-term strategies you want to use to get there. Being the CEO of your life with T1D is a lot of responsibility, but it also comes with some benefits.</p> <p>You get to call all the shots.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to be the CEO of your life with T1D and the steps you can take to own this role. I look at some of the best practices of the top business CEOs in the United States, and I talk about how you can apply these practices in your leadership role in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>You are the chief executive officer (CEO) of your life with T1D. As the CEO, you get to define your mission and vision and decide on what short- and long-term strategies you want to use to get there. Being the CEO of your life with T1D is a lot of responsibility, but it also comes with some benefits.</p> <p>You get to call all the shots.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to be the CEO of your life with T1D and the steps you can take to own this role. I look at some of the best practices of the top business CEOs in the United States, and I talk about how you can apply these practices in your leadership role in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721823]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721823</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a0b4076f-f77a-4e65-8dd4-0ea269eb9b8e/28880150-b3cd-4ae0-8abf-14dc6ee799e0.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fdbee36a-6210-46da-9528-66c41946e1d9.mp3" length="22282368" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>A Framework for Making Decisions with T1D</title><itunes:title>A Framework for Making Decisions with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The decisions involved in managing T1D are complicated, and they go beyond the logistics of healthy eating and taking insulin.</p> <p>The choices you make about T1D do not live in a silo. Sometimes they involve making trade-offs between your blood sugars and living life the way you want to live it.</p> <p>How do you make these decisions?&nbsp;</p> <p>Without a system in place to make these decisions, it is easy to feel lost. These decisions become haphazard, based on your blood or whatever has the most immediate payoff.</p> <p>In this episode of the podcast, I give you a step-by-step framework to help you make decisions about managing T1D based on your values. Your values are what guides you. They are the filters you use to make sure your decisions align with the most important things to you.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The decisions involved in managing T1D are complicated, and they go beyond the logistics of healthy eating and taking insulin.</p> <p>The choices you make about T1D do not live in a silo. Sometimes they involve making trade-offs between your blood sugars and living life the way you want to live it.</p> <p>How do you make these decisions?&nbsp;</p> <p>Without a system in place to make these decisions, it is easy to feel lost. These decisions become haphazard, based on your blood or whatever has the most immediate payoff.</p> <p>In this episode of the podcast, I give you a step-by-step framework to help you make decisions about managing T1D based on your values. Your values are what guides you. They are the filters you use to make sure your decisions align with the most important things to you.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721824]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721824</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e21abc4e-bde3-4315-8a31-04720f452eb7/d7a16f0b-c2dd-41aa-99a3-78c60be173cc.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/62d7e539-bfb3-4bd3-96c2-ab687939d13a.mp3" length="22917248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</title><itunes:title>T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Your questions about T1D and mental health keep pouring in! These questions are fantastic, and I want to make sure I can share the answers with all of you. That is why I am doing another episode answering YOUR questions.</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <ul> <li>How a pump break can be good for your mental health</li> <li>Tips for accepting the fact that you have T1D</li> <li>How to deal with an endocrinologist who is a jerk</li> <li>The biggest mental health challenges Dr. Mark has had with T1D</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Do you have questions that you want me to answer on a future diabetes &amp; mental health audio advice column?</em> <em>Click <a href="../../../contact">HERE</a> to send me a message and ask away!</em></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Your questions about T1D and mental health keep pouring in! These questions are fantastic, and I want to make sure I can share the answers with all of you. That is why I am doing another episode answering YOUR questions.</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <ul> <li>How a pump break can be good for your mental health</li> <li>Tips for accepting the fact that you have T1D</li> <li>How to deal with an endocrinologist who is a jerk</li> <li>The biggest mental health challenges Dr. Mark has had with T1D</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Do you have questions that you want me to answer on a future diabetes &amp; mental health audio advice column?</em> <em>Click <a href="../../../contact">HERE</a> to send me a message and ask away!</em></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721825]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721825</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5ac5a578-b4ee-4be2-acb1-fc88b60db750/1c995e39-52a7-460f-a1be-97138c679490.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6ead25d4-3572-4a9b-b64b-d4e0ce1e0955.mp3" length="22037117" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How To Take Action with T1D Even When You&apos;re Scared</title><itunes:title>How To Take Action with T1D Even When You&apos;re Scared</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to Episode #44 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In Episode #45, I did a deep dive into pillar #1: Diabetes Eduction. You can listen to Episode #45 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode45/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In Episode #46, I did a deep dive into pillar #2: Mindset.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; You can listen to Episode #46 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode46/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #3: Behavior.</p> <p>Type 1 diabetes is an anxiety-provoking condition. And a lot of times, this fear gets in the way of taking action. You put off doing things you want to do with T1D because you are scared, and you tell yourself you will do them when your fear goes away.</p> <p>With this approach, you will probably be waiting a very long time.</p> <p>The key to emotional health with T1D is not your emotions. It is your behavior. If your feelings did not get in the way of your behavior, they would not be that big of a deal.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why your behavior is a critical aspect of your emotional health with T1D. Everything you do for your emotional health with T1D is so you can do what you want in your life. In this episode, I give you steps you can take to lead with action, rather than letting your emotions call the shots with your behavior. Leading with action is the secret to not letting your anxiety and the stress of diabetes hold you back!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to Episode #44 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In Episode #45, I did a deep dive into pillar #1: Diabetes Eduction. You can listen to Episode #45 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode45/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In Episode #46, I did a deep dive into pillar #2: Mindset.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; You can listen to Episode #46 <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode46/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #3: Behavior.</p> <p>Type 1 diabetes is an anxiety-provoking condition. And a lot of times, this fear gets in the way of taking action. You put off doing things you want to do with T1D because you are scared, and you tell yourself you will do them when your fear goes away.</p> <p>With this approach, you will probably be waiting a very long time.</p> <p>The key to emotional health with T1D is not your emotions. It is your behavior. If your feelings did not get in the way of your behavior, they would not be that big of a deal.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why your behavior is a critical aspect of your emotional health with T1D. Everything you do for your emotional health with T1D is so you can do what you want in your life. In this episode, I give you steps you can take to lead with action, rather than letting your emotions call the shots with your behavior. Leading with action is the secret to not letting your anxiety and the stress of diabetes hold you back!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721826]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721826</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2a1552b3-4250-4efd-9441-4d50599d39bd/16aef885-5542-4312-b502-4e0d6597313a.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5655aa2d-9760-4f88-9307-ac52a9eb5b55.mp3" length="21915072" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Mindset Matters with T1D!</title><itunes:title>Mindset Matters with T1D!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to that episode <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #2: Mindset.</p> <p>Your mindset matters with T1D.</p> <p>You may not be able to change anything about diabetes, but you can change how you approach, think about, and respond to whatever T1D throws your way. Changing your T1D mindset allows you to control how you experience life with diabetes.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I discuss why your mindset is an essential aspect of your emotional health with T1D. I talk about how changing your mindset can transform your entire experience with diabetes and make the challenging parts easier to handle. In this episode, you will learn how to identify your current mindset and steps to change your mindset with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to that episode <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>In this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #2: Mindset.</p> <p>Your mindset matters with T1D.</p> <p>You may not be able to change anything about diabetes, but you can change how you approach, think about, and respond to whatever T1D throws your way. Changing your T1D mindset allows you to control how you experience life with diabetes.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I discuss why your mindset is an essential aspect of your emotional health with T1D. I talk about how changing your mindset can transform your entire experience with diabetes and make the challenging parts easier to handle. In this episode, you will learn how to identify your current mindset and steps to change your mindset with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com.</a></p> <p>Follow The Diabetes Psychologist on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a>and join&nbsp;<a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity">The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a>&nbsp;on Facebook.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721827]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721827</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a7dc1ad8-26c9-4fb5-8433-d36c9e7d2726/43948b51-c336-41d3-8a87-7ac383778241.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/90c54eea-e54e-4804-8d94-41c0e6e1bd9f.mp3" length="21276800" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How Diabetes Education Can Improve Your Mental Health</title><itunes:title>How Diabetes Education Can Improve Your Mental Health</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>On Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to that episode <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>On this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #1: Diabetes Education.</p> <p>Diabetes education can have an enormous impact on your psychological well-being. If you don't understand T1D and how to manage it, you will feel lost and overwhelmed. Once you get steady on your feet with your diabetes, you will be in a much better place.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why good diabetes education is the only way to set yourself up for success on your T1D and mental health journey. I talk about how diabetes education can make you more confident, reduce your anxiety and give you hope that your life with T1D can get better.&nbsp; You will learn how to figure out what kind of education you need (there are more than you think) and how to find resources that meet your needs.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>On Episode #44, I gave an overview of the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. You can listen to that episode <a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/episode44/">HERE</a>.</p> <p>On this episode, I do a deep dive into pillar #1: Diabetes Education.</p> <p>Diabetes education can have an enormous impact on your psychological well-being. If you don't understand T1D and how to manage it, you will feel lost and overwhelmed. Once you get steady on your feet with your diabetes, you will be in a much better place.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why good diabetes education is the only way to set yourself up for success on your T1D and mental health journey. I talk about how diabetes education can make you more confident, reduce your anxiety and give you hope that your life with T1D can get better.&nbsp; You will learn how to figure out what kind of education you need (there are more than you think) and how to find resources that meet your needs.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721828]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721828</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/91e3c2e7-322a-43d8-983c-245c2f5e92ea/b5e80d17-aec2-42fa-93ad-9000cc90a5cf.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/aea083db-f9d3-421a-9201-21a986f6e915.mp3" length="21293184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Three Pillars of Emotional Health with T1D</title><itunes:title>Three Pillars of Emotional Health with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Most people think about emotional health with T1D in the wrong way. Emotional health does not mean never feeling overwhelmed, stressed, and burnt out with T1D. It means being able to handle these feelings and not let them get in your way. If you have challenging T1D-related emotions, but they don't get in your way, my guess is they won't bother you too much.</p> <p>What do you have to do to become emotionally healthy with T1D?&nbsp;</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I introduce the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. These pillars are:</p> <ol> <li>Diabetes education</li> <li>Mindset&nbsp;</li> <li>Behavior</li> </ol><br/> <p>I tell you why these three pillars are the foundation you need to be ready to handle whatever T1D throws your way. You'll see how looking at your emotional health with T1D through the lens of these pillars can show you the path toward freedom and flexibility in your life with T1D.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Most people think about emotional health with T1D in the wrong way. Emotional health does not mean never feeling overwhelmed, stressed, and burnt out with T1D. It means being able to handle these feelings and not let them get in your way. If you have challenging T1D-related emotions, but they don't get in your way, my guess is they won't bother you too much.</p> <p>What do you have to do to become emotionally healthy with T1D?&nbsp;</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I introduce the three pillars of emotional health with T1D. These pillars are:</p> <ol> <li>Diabetes education</li> <li>Mindset&nbsp;</li> <li>Behavior</li> </ol><br/> <p>I tell you why these three pillars are the foundation you need to be ready to handle whatever T1D throws your way. You'll see how looking at your emotional health with T1D through the lens of these pillars can show you the path toward freedom and flexibility in your life with T1D.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721829]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721829</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/3cd46ce5-b1a5-4e92-863b-2c58cf86b786/f6a0ab4d-7b2c-46d1-9e73-cbdb7321f678.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e9f831bb-6c26-4eb0-8253-73bba6979e53.mp3" length="19732608" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>When T1D Becomes a Family Affair</title><itunes:title>When T1D Becomes a Family Affair</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Living with type 1 diabetes on your own is difficult enough.</p> <p>But what happens when you have T1D, and you also have a child with type 1 diabetes?</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Chelsea Lugone. Chelsea was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes when she was 23 years old, and she is a nurse practitioner caring for people with T1D. She has three children, two of whom have T1D. Chelsea talks about the challenges and the bright spots of having two children with T1D while living with the condition herself. She also offers some great advice and encouragement for anyone with diabetes who is thinking of becoming a parent but who is worried or scared about being a parent with T1D or possibly having a child with T1D.</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.&nbsp;</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Please also join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity/"> The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Living with type 1 diabetes on your own is difficult enough.</p> <p>But what happens when you have T1D, and you also have a child with type 1 diabetes?</p> <p>My guest on this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast is Chelsea Lugone. Chelsea was diagnosed with type 1 diabetes when she was 23 years old, and she is a nurse practitioner caring for people with T1D. She has three children, two of whom have T1D. Chelsea talks about the challenges and the bright spots of having two children with T1D while living with the condition herself. She also offers some great advice and encouragement for anyone with diabetes who is thinking of becoming a parent but who is worried or scared about being a parent with T1D or possibly having a child with T1D.</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.&nbsp;</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Please also join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity/"> The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721830]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721830</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b3f7facb-eba8-4c7f-8327-11c74895b796/b9c45f06-c967-4be3-bdb6-e511b602bf2c.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/dc107145-4367-49b9-a127-bc3aa97f47f6.mp3" length="27596928" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Sleep Better with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to Sleep Better with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Restful sleep with T1D can be hard to come by. You wake up when your blood sugar is high. You wake up when your blood sugar is low. You may have trouble falling asleep because you are worried about high or low blood sugar in the middle of the night. And let's not even talk about the alerts and alarms that wake you up!<br> <br> You can sleep well with T1D, and you'll learn how on this episode of the podcast. My guest on this episode is Dr. Nancy Lin. Dr. Nancy is a psychologist who specializes in helping people sleep better. We talk all about how T1D can impact your sleep, and Dr. Nancy gives you some helpful tips about how you can use both your behavior and mindset to set yourself up for success for restful sleep with T1D.</p> <p>You can find Dr. Nancy on the web at <a href="http://www.gotosleepsd.com/">http://www.gotosleepsd.com</a>.</p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/sleep">HERE</a> to download your FREE guide on T1D and sleep!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Restful sleep with T1D can be hard to come by. You wake up when your blood sugar is high. You wake up when your blood sugar is low. You may have trouble falling asleep because you are worried about high or low blood sugar in the middle of the night. And let's not even talk about the alerts and alarms that wake you up!<br> <br> You can sleep well with T1D, and you'll learn how on this episode of the podcast. My guest on this episode is Dr. Nancy Lin. Dr. Nancy is a psychologist who specializes in helping people sleep better. We talk all about how T1D can impact your sleep, and Dr. Nancy gives you some helpful tips about how you can use both your behavior and mindset to set yourself up for success for restful sleep with T1D.</p> <p>You can find Dr. Nancy on the web at <a href="http://www.gotosleepsd.com/">http://www.gotosleepsd.com</a>.</p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/sleep">HERE</a> to download your FREE guide on T1D and sleep!</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721831]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721831</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6385753b-be77-4713-b5b2-73d6373b99d4/72976808-44f9-4250-a3c7-8525aaf68bf5.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8d2ce808-c7a9-4e0f-9f03-468c66a8e28f.mp3" length="23185536" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Finding Role Models with T1D</title><itunes:title>Finding Role Models with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you have someone with type 1 diabetes who you look up to and admire? Someone who has done incredible things without letting T1D get in the way.</p> <p>We all need role models in our life. These are people who show you what is possible. People you can learn from and who you can use as models as you push beyond your limits with T1D.</p> <p>Your T1D role model may be someone you know, or it may be someone who you admire from afar. Either way, people who have done amazing things with T1D are an inspiration!</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Kristina Loskarjova. Kristina is the author of YES, you can!, a book that highlights inspirational people who live with T1D. I talk to Kristina about what inspired her to write this book and her biggest takeaways from the people she met along the way.</p> <p>You can find Kristina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/CMKYYG5hypQ/">@kristinaloskarjova</a> and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/yesyoucan_t1d/">@yesyoucan_t1d</a>. You can also find Kristina's book by clicking <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Yes-you-can-Living-diabetes/dp/1838382895">HERE</a>.</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.&nbsp;</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Please also join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity/"> The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Do you have someone with type 1 diabetes who you look up to and admire? Someone who has done incredible things without letting T1D get in the way.</p> <p>We all need role models in our life. These are people who show you what is possible. People you can learn from and who you can use as models as you push beyond your limits with T1D.</p> <p>Your T1D role model may be someone you know, or it may be someone who you admire from afar. Either way, people who have done amazing things with T1D are an inspiration!</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Kristina Loskarjova. Kristina is the author of YES, you can!, a book that highlights inspirational people who live with T1D. I talk to Kristina about what inspired her to write this book and her biggest takeaways from the people she met along the way.</p> <p>You can find Kristina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/CMKYYG5hypQ/">@kristinaloskarjova</a> and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/yesyoucan_t1d/">@yesyoucan_t1d</a>. You can also find Kristina's book by clicking <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Yes-you-can-Living-diabetes/dp/1838382895">HERE</a>.</p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.&nbsp;</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: 'Segoe UI',sans-serif;">Please also join <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/thediabetespsychologistcommunity/"> The Diabetes Psychologist Community</a> on Facebook!</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721832]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721832</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6fb4756b-7d9f-4cff-95a3-c07d9e88220c/390392a3-4af9-45c6-953d-b59d2eea5b7c.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1c540a06-c4a8-4e48-bd32-3987a3865c09.mp3" length="29001856" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Honesty is the Best Policy with T1D</title><itunes:title>Honesty is the Best Policy with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span class="8rs5">Let's be honest. Living with T1D is not easy. As much as you don't want to admit it, life with T1D can be downright challenging sometimes.</span></span></p> <p><span><span class="8rs5">But honesty works both ways.</span></span></p> <p><span><span class="8rs5">While T1D is not easy, most of the time, it is doable. If you make the challenges more complicated than they need to be, you aren't doing yourself any favors.</span></span></p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why being honest with yourself about T1D is critical to your mental health. I give you some ways to check yourself to make sure you are not sugar-coating diabetes or making it into something in your life that it is not. And if you find you have not been completely honest with yourself about T1D, I give you a step-by-step guide to help you see T1D for what it is - and nothing more and nothing less.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p><span><span class="8rs5">Let's be honest. Living with T1D is not easy. As much as you don't want to admit it, life with T1D can be downright challenging sometimes.</span></span></p> <p><span><span class="8rs5">But honesty works both ways.</span></span></p> <p><span><span class="8rs5">While T1D is not easy, most of the time, it is doable. If you make the challenges more complicated than they need to be, you aren't doing yourself any favors.</span></span></p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about why being honest with yourself about T1D is critical to your mental health. I give you some ways to check yourself to make sure you are not sugar-coating diabetes or making it into something in your life that it is not. And if you find you have not been completely honest with yourself about T1D, I give you a step-by-step guide to help you see T1D for what it is - and nothing more and nothing less.</p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721833]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721833</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/58807a74-674e-4530-9274-f854c2a7f436/b91c66a0-8f2b-4e38-b518-00e59f2f5dfa.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9a537e8e-5509-4811-a436-f1aaaa1500cc.mp3" length="23320704" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>All About Diabetes Coaching</title><itunes:title>All About Diabetes Coaching</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Did you have a coach in high school who inspired you and encouraged you to do your best? Someone who held you accountable, pushed you out of your comfort zone, and gave you the tools you needed to succeed?<br> <br> When we talk about high school sports, having a coach is normal. But what about a coach to help you manage diabetes?<br> <br> My guest on this episode of the podcast is Lauren Bongiorno. Lauren is a T1D Health coach and the founder of Lauren Bongiorno Coaching. I talk to Lauren about what T1D coaching is (and what it's not) and how she coaches people with T1D to change their mindset, reduce barriers, and feel more confident in their diabetes management.</p> <p>You can find Lauren on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/lauren_bongiorno/">@lauren_bongiorno</a> and on the web at <a href="https://laurenbongiorno.com">https://laurenbongiorno.com</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Did you have a coach in high school who inspired you and encouraged you to do your best? Someone who held you accountable, pushed you out of your comfort zone, and gave you the tools you needed to succeed?<br> <br> When we talk about high school sports, having a coach is normal. But what about a coach to help you manage diabetes?<br> <br> My guest on this episode of the podcast is Lauren Bongiorno. Lauren is a T1D Health coach and the founder of Lauren Bongiorno Coaching. I talk to Lauren about what T1D coaching is (and what it's not) and how she coaches people with T1D to change their mindset, reduce barriers, and feel more confident in their diabetes management.</p> <p>You can find Lauren on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/lauren_bongiorno/">@lauren_bongiorno</a> and on the web at <a href="https://laurenbongiorno.com">https://laurenbongiorno.com</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721834]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721834</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ee6314f3-091e-4c63-99bc-b2bbdbfea67e/0c741d00-8c6c-4756-bed6-34528910d4e5.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c905a079-9a1f-4632-b193-b9d52bfb98b9.mp3" length="24549504" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Why I Commemorate my Diaversary (and why you should too)!</title><itunes:title>Why I Commemorate my Diaversary (and why you should too)!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Every year on June 1, I go to the same restaurant I went to the day I was diagnosed to eat pizza and commemorate my diaversary. My diaversary is an opportunity to reflect on my experience living with T1D and look for ways I can improve. <span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> My diaversary tradition helps me stay on track with my mental health with T1D.</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> On this episode of the podcast, I tell you why I have pizza at the same restaurant every year on my diaversary and why this tradition is so meaningful to me. I also reflect back on my last year living with T1D and tell talk about what went well for me, and what I can improve. Finally, I give you some tips for how you can commemorate your diaversary, even if you never have commemorated it before.</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Every year on June 1, I go to the same restaurant I went to the day I was diagnosed to eat pizza and commemorate my diaversary. My diaversary is an opportunity to reflect on my experience living with T1D and look for ways I can improve. <span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> My diaversary tradition helps me stay on track with my mental health with T1D.</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> On this episode of the podcast, I tell you why I have pizza at the same restaurant every year on my diaversary and why this tradition is so meaningful to me. I also reflect back on my last year living with T1D and tell talk about what went well for me, and what I can improve. Finally, I give you some tips for how you can commemorate your diaversary, even if you never have commemorated it before.</span></p> <p><span style="font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</span></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721835]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721835</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/6b8cd326-8fac-4d54-b988-0113a65bb09d/de66c7cc-f792-45b5-9366-d7bfdac7a517.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/489ef40e-e1da-4227-b5dc-bc6838d67cd9.mp3" length="22593664" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</title><itunes:title>T1D &amp; Mental Health Audio Advice Column</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>My listeners send me so many questions about T1D and mental health, and I want to make sure I answer as many of them as possible. So, I decided to do a whole podcast episode answering listener questions.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <p>✔︎ How to be more patient with T1D<br> ✔︎ How to feel less conscious about diabetes tech<br> ✔︎ The impact of COVID on the mental health of people<br> with T1D<br> ✔︎ How to deal with a spouse/partner who asks too many<br> questions about your blood sugar<br> ✔︎Why low blood sugar anxiety can be helpful</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>My listeners send me so many questions about T1D and mental health, and I want to make sure I answer as many of them as possible. So, I decided to do a whole podcast episode answering listener questions.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast,<br> I answer your questions about:</p> <p>✔︎ How to be more patient with T1D<br> ✔︎ How to feel less conscious about diabetes tech<br> ✔︎ The impact of COVID on the mental health of people<br> with T1D<br> ✔︎ How to deal with a spouse/partner who asks too many<br> questions about your blood sugar<br> ✔︎Why low blood sugar anxiety can be helpful</p> <p>Consider this your T1D &amp; mental health audio advice column! I hope you find it helpful!</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721836]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721836</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/adf6c444-4c6e-40df-8d9a-27f6188fbca6/5d010dda-e7af-4d4e-9038-9bdf0444da33.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/636e9dd5-3683-4a30-80b5-796d5a162109.mp3" length="23552128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How T1D Can Spark Passion in Your Life</title><itunes:title>How T1D Can Spark Passion in Your Life</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>It's so easy to fall into the trap of only seeing what T1D has taken away from you. And there is no doubt that T1D has brought on some challenges. What if you could also think about what T1D has brought into your life? This way of thinking may be new for you, but it can also be valuable.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Mandi Franklin. Mandi is a pediatric nurse practitioner who found her passion because she was diagnosed with T1D when she was three years old. Mandi talks about how diabetes led her into a career she loves and how having diabetes makes her even better at her job, even when she encounters challenges at work because of T1D.&nbsp;</p> <p>You can find Mandi on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mandithepetitenp">@mandithepetitenp</a>&nbsp;and the web at <a href="https://www.petitenp.com/">https://www.petitenp.com/</a>.</p> <p><strong style="font-size: 14pt; font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> <em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>It's so easy to fall into the trap of only seeing what T1D has taken away from you. And there is no doubt that T1D has brought on some challenges. What if you could also think about what T1D has brought into your life? This way of thinking may be new for you, but it can also be valuable.</p> <p>My guest on this episode of the podcast is Mandi Franklin. Mandi is a pediatric nurse practitioner who found her passion because she was diagnosed with T1D when she was three years old. Mandi talks about how diabetes led her into a career she loves and how having diabetes makes her even better at her job, even when she encounters challenges at work because of T1D.&nbsp;</p> <p>You can find Mandi on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mandithepetitenp">@mandithepetitenp</a>&nbsp;and the web at <a href="https://www.petitenp.com/">https://www.petitenp.com/</a>.</p> <p><strong style="font-size: 14pt; font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Oxygen, Ubuntu, Cantarell, 'Open Sans', 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;"> <em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721837]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721837</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e37549f1-0c23-45dc-b138-db019d171371/0a23d8dc-4369-48d3-8b61-98e28898c163.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/57df1fc3-f8ba-449b-9444-02c380868d29.mp3" length="24666240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Set Boundaries with T1D (Part 2)</title><itunes:title>How to Set Boundaries with T1D (Part 2)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p> <p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p> <p><br> Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p> <p><br> On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p> <p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the second episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p> <p>I know you've been there. I know you've had that friend or family member - even a doctor - who tries to be helpful but crosses the line with you and your diabetes.</p> <p><br> Maybe your friend asks you if you should be eating that dessert. Or your mom texts you as soon as she gets a CGM alert on her phone. Your doctor may even yell at you for not doing a good job managing your diabetes. None of these things are ok!</p> <p><br> On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about how you can set healthy boundaries with the people in your life, including your health care team. You are in charge of how you live your life with T1D, and healthy boundaries can help you get the support you need from other people. I'll give you some sure-fire ways to tell if someone has crossed your boundaries with T1D and strategies you can use to set and stick to these healthy boundaries.</p> <p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721838]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721838</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/97588a4b-61ba-420c-8009-4c56e53f7079/7636bd51-1c0f-4332-8f41-bb215d15b61b.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 13 May 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d96d90af-bc82-4d8d-abde-f0d1233d31fd.mp3" length="23752832" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Set Boundaries with T1D (Part 1)</title><itunes:title>How to Set Boundaries with T1D (Part 1)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p>
<p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p>
<p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p>
<p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the first episode in a 2-part series about boundaries and T1D.</p>
<p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we talk about your boundaries with T1D and with yourself. Do you let T1D take up too much energy, or do you not focus on it enough? What boundaries do you set for yourself around things like what and how much you eat? You don't want your boundaries with T1D and yourself to be too loose, but you also don't want them to be too rigid. We will talk about how you can use boundaries to find the balance between good T1D management and your quality of life.</p>
<p>Next week in the second part of this series, we'll look at your boundaries with other people and your healthcare team around T1D.</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p>
<p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p>
<p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p>
<p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721839]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721839</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/08ed5faa-eec3-4677-beba-b0aa72ab7439/885c9462-07ce-47c5-824e-38f5ce479ce2.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8b285981-8a50-414f-a30a-3eb0ade7a663.mp3" length="22345856" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Words to Describe How Low Blood Sugar Feels</title><itunes:title>Words to Describe How Low Blood Sugar Feels</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Describe what low blood sugar feels like. Describe it in detail. Describe it in a way that someone who has next had a low will understand.</p> <p>It's not easy, is it?</p> <p>Words are powerful. And when you find words to describe what you are experiencing with T1D, it grounds you. This is especially true for low blood sugars.</p> <p>You know low blood sugars don't feel good, but you almost always fall back on vague descriptions when you try to describe what they feel like. Icky. Tired. Slow. While accurate, these words do not capture the whole experience of being low.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk to&nbsp; Ginger Vieira and Mike Lawson. Ginger and Mike are the author and illustrator of <em><strong>When I Go Low</strong></em>, a book written for children with T1D to help them put words to what it's like to have low blood sugar. Ginger and Mike share what inspired them to write this book and how they hope it can make kids feel less alone in their lives with T1D.</p> <p>Here's where you can find more information about <em><strong>When I Go Low</strong></em>:</p> <ul> <li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/When-Go-Low-Diabetes-Picture/dp/B08RR5Z9BZ"> Buy When I Go Low</a></li> <li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kd_5qlfrfro">Video of Ginger Reading When I Go Low</a></li> <li><a href="https://diabetesdoodles.com/">Diabetes Doodles</a></li> </ul><br/> <p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Describe what low blood sugar feels like. Describe it in detail. Describe it in a way that someone who has next had a low will understand.</p> <p>It's not easy, is it?</p> <p>Words are powerful. And when you find words to describe what you are experiencing with T1D, it grounds you. This is especially true for low blood sugars.</p> <p>You know low blood sugars don't feel good, but you almost always fall back on vague descriptions when you try to describe what they feel like. Icky. Tired. Slow. While accurate, these words do not capture the whole experience of being low.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk to&nbsp; Ginger Vieira and Mike Lawson. Ginger and Mike are the author and illustrator of <em><strong>When I Go Low</strong></em>, a book written for children with T1D to help them put words to what it's like to have low blood sugar. Ginger and Mike share what inspired them to write this book and how they hope it can make kids feel less alone in their lives with T1D.</p> <p>Here's where you can find more information about <em><strong>When I Go Low</strong></em>:</p> <ul> <li><a href="https://www.amazon.com/When-Go-Low-Diabetes-Picture/dp/B08RR5Z9BZ"> Buy When I Go Low</a></li> <li><a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kd_5qlfrfro">Video of Ginger Reading When I Go Low</a></li> <li><a href="https://diabetesdoodles.com/">Diabetes Doodles</a></li> </ul><br/> <p><span style="font-size: 14pt;"><strong><em>Does T1D hold you back and keep you from doing what you want to do in your life? Does T1D make you feel stuck?</em></strong></span></p> <p><strong>YOU DON'T HAVE TO FEEL THIS WAY!</strong></p> <p>Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to enroll in Get Unstuck with T1D, my 6-week program that will help you become more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721840]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721840</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ea5f0614-ce2f-475e-91e4-76ece19b9e39/fd6eba1b-fc31-491b-9921-9b94dbcb20ac.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2d2d13fc-a670-4f77-bd95-83a953c1f1eb.mp3" length="22204544" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Lead with Action!</title><itunes:title>Lead with Action!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>The only way to get unstuck with T1D is to move forward.</p> <p>There are so many things that get in your way and keep you stuck with T1D. The big one is you put your emotions in charge of your behavior. You tell yourself you will start doing things differently when you feel a certain way.&nbsp;</p> <p>You'll start managing T1D when you don't feel so burnt out. You'll start being open about T1D when you are not so self-conscious. You'll start asking for the support you need when you feel more confident. Your emotions are calling the shots.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about how leading with action is the only way to get unstuck with T1D. If you wait until your emotions 'let' you act differently, you'll probably be waiting a long time. When you take charge and lead with your behavior, no matter how you feel can do whatever you want. And that is the definition of getting unstuck. On this episode, I give you steps you can take to start leading with action today!</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to sign up for my 6-week digital program Get Unstuck with T1D. This program is your step-by-step guide to getting unstuck and becoming more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>The only way to get unstuck with T1D is to move forward.</p> <p>There are so many things that get in your way and keep you stuck with T1D. The big one is you put your emotions in charge of your behavior. You tell yourself you will start doing things differently when you feel a certain way.&nbsp;</p> <p>You'll start managing T1D when you don't feel so burnt out. You'll start being open about T1D when you are not so self-conscious. You'll start asking for the support you need when you feel more confident. Your emotions are calling the shots.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about how leading with action is the only way to get unstuck with T1D. If you wait until your emotions 'let' you act differently, you'll probably be waiting a long time. When you take charge and lead with your behavior, no matter how you feel can do whatever you want. And that is the definition of getting unstuck. On this episode, I give you steps you can take to start leading with action today!</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/program">HERE</a> to sign up for my 6-week digital program Get Unstuck with T1D. This program is your step-by-step guide to getting unstuck and becoming more free, flexible, and confident in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721841]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721841</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/648fb285-d85a-4dd9-8900-2070a4f335ce/d20633e1-0a08-4888-9863-1d606465cb6d.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Apr 2021 18:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/edc08f0e-ed8a-4dbf-bb18-2e510e43b43f.mp3" length="19996800" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Define your Relationship with T1D</title><itunes:title>How to Define your Relationship with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Whether you know it or not, you have a relationship with your diabetes. You may hate T1D and want nothing to do with it. That is a relationship. You may do your best to ignore it. That’s a relationship too. And your relationship with T1D may be keeping you stuck.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to have a relationship with T1D. We’ll look at how your relationship with T1D develops and talk about some of the most common types of relationships people have with their diabetes. Finally, I’ll give you a framework to help you define what your relationship with T1D looks like right now.</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">HERE</a> to get your FREE guide on how to get unstuck and be more free and flexible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Whether you know it or not, you have a relationship with your diabetes. You may hate T1D and want nothing to do with it. That is a relationship. You may do your best to ignore it. That’s a relationship too. And your relationship with T1D may be keeping you stuck.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist Podcast, I talk about what it means to have a relationship with T1D. We’ll look at how your relationship with T1D develops and talk about some of the most common types of relationships people have with their diabetes. Finally, I’ll give you a framework to help you define what your relationship with T1D looks like right now.</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">HERE</a> to get your FREE guide on how to get unstuck and be more free and flexible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721842]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721842</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4baa003e-1d12-414c-b81a-c382a380993e/67583291-ee6f-4d5d-b448-9ac92257b10a.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a38b50d3-fe4e-4d71-aee1-dc06b2de4b52.mp3" length="23568512" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The 5 Biggest Myths about Diabetes Burnout</title><itunes:title>The 5 Biggest Myths about Diabetes Burnout</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Diabetes burnout. It’s a term we throw around all the time.</p> <p>But what does diabetes burnout really mean? And maybe even more importantly, what does diabetes NOT mean. There are many myths about burnout and T1D, and these myths are not doing us any favors.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about five of the most common myths about diabetes burnout. I give you some background about where these myths come from and show you evidence that these myths are not valid. I’ll also give you some tips and resources to help you navigate T1D burnout.</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">HERE</a> to get your FREE guide on how to get unstuck and be more free and flexible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Diabetes burnout. It’s a term we throw around all the time.</p> <p>But what does diabetes burnout really mean? And maybe even more importantly, what does diabetes NOT mean. There are many myths about burnout and T1D, and these myths are not doing us any favors.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about five of the most common myths about diabetes burnout. I give you some background about where these myths come from and show you evidence that these myths are not valid. I’ll also give you some tips and resources to help you navigate T1D burnout.</p> <p>Ready to get unstuck in your life with T1D? Click <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">HERE</a> to get your FREE guide on how to get unstuck and be more free and flexible in your life with T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721843]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721843</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/223ca5d9-7ef1-4e28-8354-ad69bd1b0247/64c7eb4d-a10f-4d6d-8b9f-f4f7b5aa535e.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 08 Apr 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/86cef176-0408-4add-9677-1d9e792cf216.mp3" length="20951168" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>3 Ways to Use the Stress of T1D to Your Advantage</title><itunes:title>3 Ways to Use the Stress of T1D to Your Advantage</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p style="text-align: left;">There's no way around it. T1D is stressful All the work, the erratic blood sugars, the inconsiderate comments from people in your life are less than fun.</p> <p>You can use this stress to your advantage!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we look at T1D-related stress from a whole new angle. First, we'll take a closer look at what stress is and what it is about T1D that causes stress. Then we'll talk about three specific ways you can turn the stress of T1D on its head, and use it to your advantage.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p style="text-align: left;">There's no way around it. T1D is stressful All the work, the erratic blood sugars, the inconsiderate comments from people in your life are less than fun.</p> <p>You can use this stress to your advantage!</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, we look at T1D-related stress from a whole new angle. First, we'll take a closer look at what stress is and what it is about T1D that causes stress. Then we'll talk about three specific ways you can turn the stress of T1D on its head, and use it to your advantage.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721844]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721844</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/dce83204-662d-428b-8334-3d32742c4c43/dec4a4ca-8ec5-4dc5-ab44-d283e80c7271.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/59ad4ca5-2f22-485b-b8c2-2f2bcf9cd30d.mp3" length="21233792" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>4 Reasons why T1D is Keeping You Stuck</title><itunes:title>4 Reasons why T1D is Keeping You Stuck</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>People with T1D feel stuck.</p> <p>T1D gets in the way and makes it difficult for you to do the things that are important to you. You feel like T1D holds you back, which only makes life with T1D even more stressful.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about what it means to feel stuck because of T1D and why feeling stuck is such a big challenge. Then I outline the four reasons why T1D is keeping you stuck.&nbsp;</p> <p>For more information on how to get unstuck with T1D, go to <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck.</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>People with T1D feel stuck.</p> <p>T1D gets in the way and makes it difficult for you to do the things that are important to you. You feel like T1D holds you back, which only makes life with T1D even more stressful.</p> <p>In this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about what it means to feel stuck because of T1D and why feeling stuck is such a big challenge. Then I outline the four reasons why T1D is keeping you stuck.&nbsp;</p> <p>For more information on how to get unstuck with T1D, go to <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck">www.thediabetespsychologist.com/getunstuck.</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721845]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721845</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8cb0ebc9-be07-437d-9f70-45330f5c5bf4/2d97573c-4957-41f6-9ac3-a0a52f60e2c0.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7820b4c0-d02b-462d-8b5a-5f889e8f0a72.mp3" length="21700736" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The Mental Health Treatment T1Ds Really Need</title><itunes:title>The Mental Health Treatment T1Ds Really Need</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>We know mental health support&nbsp;<strong><em>should be</em></strong> an integral part of treatment for T1D. But what does this really mean?</p> <p>If we only think about mental health support and treatment as sitting in a therapist's office once a week, we are doing everyone with T1D a great disservice. We have to get creative and think outside the box when addressing the mental health needs of people with T1D.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about how we can reimagine mental health treatment support for people with T1D. I take a deep dive into what people with T1D really need and how they can get their mental health needs met without therapy.</p> <p>Here are some of the resources I talked about in this episode:</p> <p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Think-Like-Pancreas-Practical-Insulin-Completely/dp/0738215147"> Think Like a Pancreas</a></p> <p><a href="https://brightspotsandlandmines.org/">Bright Spots and Landmines</a></p> <p><a href="https://tcoyd.org/">Taking Control of Your Diabetes</a></p> <p><a href="https://collegediabetesnetwork.org/">College Diabetes Network</a></p> <p><a href="https://beyondtype1.org/">Beyond Type 1</a></p> <p><a href="https://tudiabetes.org/">Tu Diabetes</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>We know mental health support&nbsp;<strong><em>should be</em></strong> an integral part of treatment for T1D. But what does this really mean?</p> <p>If we only think about mental health support and treatment as sitting in a therapist's office once a week, we are doing everyone with T1D a great disservice. We have to get creative and think outside the box when addressing the mental health needs of people with T1D.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk about how we can reimagine mental health treatment support for people with T1D. I take a deep dive into what people with T1D really need and how they can get their mental health needs met without therapy.</p> <p>Here are some of the resources I talked about in this episode:</p> <p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Think-Like-Pancreas-Practical-Insulin-Completely/dp/0738215147"> Think Like a Pancreas</a></p> <p><a href="https://brightspotsandlandmines.org/">Bright Spots and Landmines</a></p> <p><a href="https://tcoyd.org/">Taking Control of Your Diabetes</a></p> <p><a href="https://collegediabetesnetwork.org/">College Diabetes Network</a></p> <p><a href="https://beyondtype1.org/">Beyond Type 1</a></p> <p><a href="https://tudiabetes.org/">Tu Diabetes</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721846]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721846</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b64ec450-0712-4aa6-bd98-200d709cdf54/30a5a583-3579-4ff0-b6de-c42bde59e164.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Mar 2021 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7fb15bb5-fdf1-4335-bd1c-bd95f5354786.mp3" length="21952640" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>All about Psych Meds and T1D</title><itunes:title>All about Psych Meds and T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Have you ever thought that taking a medication for depression anxiety might help you, but then you thought again because you were worried about how these drugs might impact your blood sugars? Or maybe you don't like the thought of taking another medication, even if it could help you.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk to an expert about psych meds and T1D. My guest is Dr. Roy Collins. Dr. Roy is a resident physician at Stanford University, and he has been living with type 1 diabetes since he was 13 years old.</p> <p>Dr. Roy answers all your questions about psych meds and type 1 diabetes, including when they might be right for you and how these medications impact your blood sugars. Dr. Roy also gives some great advice on how to find a psychiatrist who gets T1D.</p> <p>You can find Dr. Roy on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/dr.royc/">@dr.royc</a> on on the web at <a href="https://www.roycollinsmd.com">www.roycollinsmd.com.</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Have you ever thought that taking a medication for depression anxiety might help you, but then you thought again because you were worried about how these drugs might impact your blood sugars? Or maybe you don't like the thought of taking another medication, even if it could help you.</p> <p>On this episode of The Diabetes Psychologist podcast, I talk to an expert about psych meds and T1D. My guest is Dr. Roy Collins. Dr. Roy is a resident physician at Stanford University, and he has been living with type 1 diabetes since he was 13 years old.</p> <p>Dr. Roy answers all your questions about psych meds and type 1 diabetes, including when they might be right for you and how these medications impact your blood sugars. Dr. Roy also gives some great advice on how to find a psychiatrist who gets T1D.</p> <p>You can find Dr. Roy on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/dr.royc/">@dr.royc</a> on on the web at <a href="https://www.roycollinsmd.com">www.roycollinsmd.com.</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721847]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721847</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/7abe5ff0-ba09-4754-95a4-a88ac406abcd/f392d362-3873-4793-8247-7abe4e6bdeee.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/335a8fa0-18db-457c-b433-a1fe9ddac4d7.mp3" length="25856128" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Introduce Your Significant Other to T1D</title><itunes:title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Introduce Your Significant Other to T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Telling someone you just started dating that you have T1D can be scary!</p> <p>When do you tell someone you're dating that you have T1D?</p> <p>People tend to overthink everything in new relationships. When to introduce your new partner to T1D can definitely be one of those things. You may worry they'll see you differently when they find out, or worse, the news you have T1D will extinguish any sparks they feel in the relationship.</p> <p>The fact you have T1D probably won't bother most people you're dating. And if telling someone you have T1D makes them see you differently, the relationship probably has bigger issues.</p> <p>In this episode, Genna talks about how, in the past, she has been self-conscious about telling the men she has dated that she has T1D. She just started dating someone and is looking for help with how to talk honestly about T1D with her new beau. Dr. Mark coaches Genna on how she can let her new boyfriend know that T1D is part of her life but not something that defines her.&nbsp;</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Telling someone you just started dating that you have T1D can be scary!</p> <p>When do you tell someone you're dating that you have T1D?</p> <p>People tend to overthink everything in new relationships. When to introduce your new partner to T1D can definitely be one of those things. You may worry they'll see you differently when they find out, or worse, the news you have T1D will extinguish any sparks they feel in the relationship.</p> <p>The fact you have T1D probably won't bother most people you're dating. And if telling someone you have T1D makes them see you differently, the relationship probably has bigger issues.</p> <p>In this episode, Genna talks about how, in the past, she has been self-conscious about telling the men she has dated that she has T1D. She just started dating someone and is looking for help with how to talk honestly about T1D with her new beau. Dr. Mark coaches Genna on how she can let her new boyfriend know that T1D is part of her life but not something that defines her.&nbsp;</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721848]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721848</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e72c8a86-7729-4414-b433-e9842b913e76/69ed8282-c850-4d53-bdf1-b0b14c81bd57.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Mar 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/64869f73-dffd-4a84-ae4a-b5b78b6ef760.mp3" length="27046016" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>T1D and Mental Health in Underserved Communities</title><itunes:title>T1D and Mental Health in Underserved Communities</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes doesn't know race, it doesn't know your economic status, and it doesn't know where you are from.</p> <p>We don't live in a bubble with T1D. Everyone living with T1D has a story, with different experiences and backgrounds they bring to their life with diabetes. Everybody's story is going to be different, and everybody's story matters.</p> <p>In this episode, I talk to Brandon A. Denson about the unique mental health challenges for people with T1D from underserved communities. Brandon grew up in Detroit and walked on the Michigan State football team after being diagnosed with T1D when he was seventeen. He has made it his mission to ensure everyone with T1D has the education, support, and resources they need to thrive.</p> <p>Brandon is a co-founder of Bolus Maximus, a non-profit organization focused on creating safe spaces for men and people from underserved communities&nbsp;who live with T1D.</p>              &nbsp;              <p>You can find Brandon on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/brandon.a.denson/">@brandon.a.denson.</a></p> <p>You can find Bolus Maximus on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/bolus.maximus/">@bolus.maximus</a> or on the web at <a href="https://www.bolusm.org/">https://www.bolusm.org</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes doesn't know race, it doesn't know your economic status, and it doesn't know where you are from.</p> <p>We don't live in a bubble with T1D. Everyone living with T1D has a story, with different experiences and backgrounds they bring to their life with diabetes. Everybody's story is going to be different, and everybody's story matters.</p> <p>In this episode, I talk to Brandon A. Denson about the unique mental health challenges for people with T1D from underserved communities. Brandon grew up in Detroit and walked on the Michigan State football team after being diagnosed with T1D when he was seventeen. He has made it his mission to ensure everyone with T1D has the education, support, and resources they need to thrive.</p> <p>Brandon is a co-founder of Bolus Maximus, a non-profit organization focused on creating safe spaces for men and people from underserved communities&nbsp;who live with T1D.</p>              &nbsp;              <p>You can find Brandon on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/brandon.a.denson/">@brandon.a.denson.</a></p> <p>You can find Bolus Maximus on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/bolus.maximus/">@bolus.maximus</a> or on the web at <a href="https://www.bolusm.org/">https://www.bolusm.org</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721849]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721849</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/8199093d-5877-4930-a9e3-91be9d928cfd/66871977-9942-45ee-a3f1-2f77dc1da58a.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b400c17c-bb69-4c1a-bc3b-86f5d3515ff2.mp3" length="31438976" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Manage T1D with Resilience</title><itunes:title>How to Manage T1D with Resilience</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Resilience is the key to psychological health with T1D.</p> <p>We all know that living with T1D is not always easy, and sometimes it can be downright challenging. We all want to strive to bounce back from these challenges and become stronger in the process.</p> <p>My guest on this episode is Asha Brown. Asha is the Founder and Executive Director of We Are Diabetes, a non-profit organization that offers hope and support to people with T1D-related eating disorders. This episode is about so much more than eating disorders. It is full of lessons everyone with T1D can use to build a foundation of psychological strength and resilience</p> <p>You can find out more about Asha and We Are Diabetes at <a href="http://www.wearediabetes.org">www.wearediabetes.org</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Resilience is the key to psychological health with T1D.</p> <p>We all know that living with T1D is not always easy, and sometimes it can be downright challenging. We all want to strive to bounce back from these challenges and become stronger in the process.</p> <p>My guest on this episode is Asha Brown. Asha is the Founder and Executive Director of We Are Diabetes, a non-profit organization that offers hope and support to people with T1D-related eating disorders. This episode is about so much more than eating disorders. It is full of lessons everyone with T1D can use to build a foundation of psychological strength and resilience</p> <p>You can find out more about Asha and We Are Diabetes at <a href="http://www.wearediabetes.org">www.wearediabetes.org</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721850]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721850</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/59cf3263-cb92-45ca-85b5-b96eeb8cbc27/981834eb-e6cf-41f3-b145-7b1c388fd8c8.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c06bc59b-4cf3-4a52-86f3-b601f2a8b9ad.mp3" length="33482880" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Why We Should Stop Describing T1D as a Second Job</title><itunes:title>Why We Should Stop Describing T1D as a Second Job</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Every time I give a presentation to people with T1D or health care providers, I start by talking about all the reasons why living with T1D is so stressful. I tell them about the constant work, the complex thinking involved, and the fact that there are no breaks and no vacations from T1D.</p> <p>I describe T1D as having a second job.</p> <p>This is a great story, and it captures some of the challenges of living with T1D. But I've realized that talking about T1D as a second job is the wrong way to characterize it. It makes life with T1D feel hopeless. Comparing T1D to a second job sets an expectation that you will always be stressed and that T1D has control over your life.</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark points out some downsides of talking about T1D like a job. Yes, T1D is going to be stressful at times. But Dr. Mark explains why talking about T1D as a job traps you into believing that diabetes must involve constant work and stress.</p> <p>Then Dr. Mark suggests some other ways to think about T1D that are more realistic and better set you up for mental success.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Every time I give a presentation to people with T1D or health care providers, I start by talking about all the reasons why living with T1D is so stressful. I tell them about the constant work, the complex thinking involved, and the fact that there are no breaks and no vacations from T1D.</p> <p>I describe T1D as having a second job.</p> <p>This is a great story, and it captures some of the challenges of living with T1D. But I've realized that talking about T1D as a second job is the wrong way to characterize it. It makes life with T1D feel hopeless. Comparing T1D to a second job sets an expectation that you will always be stressed and that T1D has control over your life.</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark points out some downsides of talking about T1D like a job. Yes, T1D is going to be stressful at times. But Dr. Mark explains why talking about T1D as a job traps you into believing that diabetes must involve constant work and stress.</p> <p>Then Dr. Mark suggests some other ways to think about T1D that are more realistic and better set you up for mental success.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721851]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721851</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/e620a60d-d83d-4f5a-9ca9-ef2debf34972/e2c98c50-6cd4-4d65-9d24-32f09bdbb2ba.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/dfcc5714-cf7c-4f1a-8f57-6fcaa6c5bf82.mp3" length="21641344" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Make Diabetes Your Superpower</title><itunes:title>Make Diabetes Your Superpower</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>If you want to live well with T1D, you have to come to a place of acceptance.</p> <p>Accepting T1D is a journey. Acceptance doesn't mean you like diabetes or that you want to have it. But it does mean putting your guard down and doing your best to live well with the hand you've been dealt. The opposite of acceptance is avoidance. And we all know avoiding diabetes never turns out well.</p> <p>In this episode, Basma Adams talks about her journey to acceptance with T1D. When she was younger, Basma did everything she could to hide her diabetes from other people. She soon realized that hiding diabetes made her think about diabetes even more. Once she was able to accept diabetes, life got a whole lot easier for her. She found her passion and made T1D her superpower.</p> <p>You can find Basma on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/bastheboss/">@bastheboss</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>If you want to live well with T1D, you have to come to a place of acceptance.</p> <p>Accepting T1D is a journey. Acceptance doesn't mean you like diabetes or that you want to have it. But it does mean putting your guard down and doing your best to live well with the hand you've been dealt. The opposite of acceptance is avoidance. And we all know avoiding diabetes never turns out well.</p> <p>In this episode, Basma Adams talks about her journey to acceptance with T1D. When she was younger, Basma did everything she could to hide her diabetes from other people. She soon realized that hiding diabetes made her think about diabetes even more. Once she was able to accept diabetes, life got a whole lot easier for her. She found her passion and made T1D her superpower.</p> <p>You can find Basma on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/bastheboss/">@bastheboss</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721852]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721852</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/aeb932ea-79ad-4cb9-a140-7e5d3c3cbc4b/bdf9ec9f-740c-45d2-b1a9-236865ef6eb3.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1360d630-6135-40b7-8126-eceadabb7b4b.mp3" length="38439040" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Hold Yourself Accountable with T1D</title><itunes:title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Hold Yourself Accountable with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Why is managing type 1 diabetes important to you?</p> <p><br> Answering this question is the key to holding yourself accountable with T1D.</p> <p><br> Managing diabetes is a means to an end. Being healthy, lowering your A1c, and staying on your endo's good side are all great things to aim for, but they're probably not going to be enough to keep you motivated when things get rough. Instead, you need to figure out how managing diabetes will help get you to where you want to be in your life.</p> <p><br> In this episode, Katelyn talks about her struggles with keeping herself accountable and pushing herself to lower her A1c. Dr. Mark coaches Katelyn on how she can change how she thinks about accountability by identifying the reasons why lowering her A1c is so important to her. Katelyn learns how she can use her 'why' as leverage to hold herself accountable for managing T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Why is managing type 1 diabetes important to you?</p> <p><br> Answering this question is the key to holding yourself accountable with T1D.</p> <p><br> Managing diabetes is a means to an end. Being healthy, lowering your A1c, and staying on your endo's good side are all great things to aim for, but they're probably not going to be enough to keep you motivated when things get rough. Instead, you need to figure out how managing diabetes will help get you to where you want to be in your life.</p> <p><br> In this episode, Katelyn talks about her struggles with keeping herself accountable and pushing herself to lower her A1c. Dr. Mark coaches Katelyn on how she can change how she thinks about accountability by identifying the reasons why lowering her A1c is so important to her. Katelyn learns how she can use her 'why' as leverage to hold herself accountable for managing T1D.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721853]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721853</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c0b4670e-44f0-474b-a9c4-a4bf53679433/37ac8a1d-26b4-4d6b-a781-d4fb1e3c5e6e.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/dcd7fa97-ceef-43c1-a018-12d469ee830b.mp3" length="29819008" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>A Vaccine for the Stress of T1D</title><itunes:title>A Vaccine for the Stress of T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Many people are looking forward to getting their COVID vaccine right now. They see this vaccine as their ticket to getting back to a normal life, where they can do things like visit friends, go out to eat, and go on vacation. Life in the COVID world makes us feel trapped.<br> <br> In many ways, life with T1D is no different. The stress of diabetes can also make us feel trapped. What if there was a vaccine for the stress of T1D?</p> <p>Maybe one already exists!</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark walks you through the steps you can take to vaccinate yourself against the stress of T1D. While you can't always avoid stress with T1D, you can do things to make sure the stress doesn't impact your life.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Many people are looking forward to getting their COVID vaccine right now. They see this vaccine as their ticket to getting back to a normal life, where they can do things like visit friends, go out to eat, and go on vacation. Life in the COVID world makes us feel trapped.<br> <br> In many ways, life with T1D is no different. The stress of diabetes can also make us feel trapped. What if there was a vaccine for the stress of T1D?</p> <p>Maybe one already exists!</p> <p>In this episode, Dr. Mark walks you through the steps you can take to vaccinate yourself against the stress of T1D. While you can't always avoid stress with T1D, you can do things to make sure the stress doesn't impact your life.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721854]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721854</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/25889534-1db6-430e-8c0e-d2b7e0f74885/76211347-615d-48b9-b5cc-eef158e7c37f.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7cd24f32-c4f8-49ce-a1e0-7e39b15e0c78.mp3" length="22268032" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:12</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Help Your Family Support You</title><itunes:title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Help Your Family Support You</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>What do you do when your family doesn't understand the challenges of living with T1D?</p> <p>We've all been there. You're cranky and irritable because your blood sugar is out-of-range. Your loved ones are annoyed with you because of the way you are treating them. When you try to explain what's going on, you don't have the words to describe how you feel. Then this tension leads to more misunderstanding and makes it difficult for your family to give you the support you need.</p> <p>In this episode, you'll hear about the challenges Alex has had in getting the support he needs from his family around T1D. Then you'll hear Dr. Mark coach Alex on how he can help his family understand what life with T1D is like for him, so they can be better equipped to give him the support he needs.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>What do you do when your family doesn't understand the challenges of living with T1D?</p> <p>We've all been there. You're cranky and irritable because your blood sugar is out-of-range. Your loved ones are annoyed with you because of the way you are treating them. When you try to explain what's going on, you don't have the words to describe how you feel. Then this tension leads to more misunderstanding and makes it difficult for your family to give you the support you need.</p> <p>In this episode, you'll hear about the challenges Alex has had in getting the support he needs from his family around T1D. Then you'll hear Dr. Mark coach Alex on how he can help his family understand what life with T1D is like for him, so they can be better equipped to give him the support he needs.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721855]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721855</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/ced4a5ad-043b-443d-8e3c-2cc4074c4460/20322ebb-a324-49aa-acda-362021ed1906.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/eaf4a91f-a33b-4a0b-93e6-78bd66566a5a.mp3" length="35135616" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>My Biggest Mistake as a Diabetes Psychologist</title><itunes:title>My Biggest Mistake as a Diabetes Psychologist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode I talk about the biggest mistake I make as a psychologist working with people with T1D so you don't make the same mistake.</p> <p>I don't know about you, but I like to try to fix problems. I have learned that sometimes T1D brings on challenges that don't have an easy solution. Every time I try to fix my patients' problems, it usually backfires.</p> <p>So how do you avoid making the same mistake as me? In this episode, I walk you through a step-by-step process to help you:</p> <ol> <li>Figure out if there is a solution to your problem</li> <li>Let go of control if there is no quick fix</li> <li>Always keep the end goal in mind</li> </ol><br/> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode I talk about the biggest mistake I make as a psychologist working with people with T1D so you don't make the same mistake.</p> <p>I don't know about you, but I like to try to fix problems. I have learned that sometimes T1D brings on challenges that don't have an easy solution. Every time I try to fix my patients' problems, it usually backfires.</p> <p>So how do you avoid making the same mistake as me? In this episode, I walk you through a step-by-step process to help you:</p> <ol> <li>Figure out if there is a solution to your problem</li> <li>Let go of control if there is no quick fix</li> <li>Always keep the end goal in mind</li> </ol><br/> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721856]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721856</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/b816c247-c7c6-4568-98d2-85196f8bb8bf/3dfa2e63-be24-4e56-9bb9-6b4270e01c71.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2021 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/005bca8e-6aed-4f2f-a4af-d095f617cb23.mp3" length="18268288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>5 Tips for Getting the Support you Need with T1D</title><itunes:title>5 Tips for Getting the Support you Need with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes should never be a do-it-yourself condition. People with T1D need support from the people in our lives. But getting the support you need, isn’t always easy. Your friends and family probably want to be supportive, but they may not know how.&nbsp;</p> <p>On this episode, Dr. Mark gives 5 tips to help people with T1D get the support they need from their friends and family.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Type 1 diabetes should never be a do-it-yourself condition. People with T1D need support from the people in our lives. But getting the support you need, isn’t always easy. Your friends and family probably want to be supportive, but they may not know how.&nbsp;</p> <p>On this episode, Dr. Mark gives 5 tips to help people with T1D get the support they need from their friends and family.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721857]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721857</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5da5d20b-20b8-4f08-824f-c025b8716e89/d9dd3e97-6011-4782-904d-9b3e602fd65d.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 24 Dec 2020 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6f3d1833-20e0-45f4-bd3b-bcbd266e9329.mp3" length="21090432" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Is T1D a Disability?</title><itunes:title>Is T1D a Disability?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, I talk to Lauren Salko about whether T1D should be considered a disability. Lauren has lived with T1D since she was young, and she competes as a professional skier on the US National Ski Team. Traveling internationally with her diabetes alert dog has given her an interesting perspective on looking at T1D as a disability.</p> <p>In our conversation, Lauren explains why she considers T1D to be a disability and we explore how calling T1D a disability can impact mental health – both positively and negatively. I am not sure I completely agree with Lauren’s point of view, she definitely opened my mind to a new way of thinking about disability and T1D.</p> <p>You can find Lauren on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/skiersalko/">@skiersalko</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, I talk to Lauren Salko about whether T1D should be considered a disability. Lauren has lived with T1D since she was young, and she competes as a professional skier on the US National Ski Team. Traveling internationally with her diabetes alert dog has given her an interesting perspective on looking at T1D as a disability.</p> <p>In our conversation, Lauren explains why she considers T1D to be a disability and we explore how calling T1D a disability can impact mental health – both positively and negatively. I am not sure I completely agree with Lauren’s point of view, she definitely opened my mind to a new way of thinking about disability and T1D.</p> <p>You can find Lauren on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/skiersalko/">@skiersalko</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721858]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721858</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/45530764-4d45-4a85-9a35-930104046eaa/300d9891-87c9-4028-b8f7-1341bc717018.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a4c25639-813b-4391-9461-a0e75da1f76d.mp3" length="34930816" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Overcome Fear of Low Blood Sugar</title><itunes:title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! How to Overcome Fear of Low Blood Sugar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Having a low blood sugar is no fun for anyone. But for some people with T1D, the thought of going low is terrifying. Fear of hypoglycemia is a condition where people with T1D keep their blood sugar high and avoid activities in order to avoid the possibility of going low. Not only does a fear of lows have a big impact on the person’s diabetes management, but it can also stand in the way of living their life.</p> <p>In this episode, you’ll hear Oriana talk about how her fear of hypoglycemia is affecting her life. Then you’ll hear Dr. Mark coach Oriana on how she can implement strategies to bring her blood sugars back into her target range and gain the confidence she needs to deal with lows when they happen (and they will!).</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Having a low blood sugar is no fun for anyone. But for some people with T1D, the thought of going low is terrifying. Fear of hypoglycemia is a condition where people with T1D keep their blood sugar high and avoid activities in order to avoid the possibility of going low. Not only does a fear of lows have a big impact on the person’s diabetes management, but it can also stand in the way of living their life.</p> <p>In this episode, you’ll hear Oriana talk about how her fear of hypoglycemia is affecting her life. Then you’ll hear Dr. Mark coach Oriana on how she can implement strategies to bring her blood sugars back into her target range and gain the confidence she needs to deal with lows when they happen (and they will!).</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721859]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721859</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f0a473e7-eab9-4cf9-b882-83723bd996dc/f25dee35-7a00-4371-959b-f8bdae74e08d.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9ecc4f97-5b36-4641-ae41-4cdcacd0902a.mp3" length="32659584" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>How to Deal with the Downsides of T1D Technology</title><itunes:title>How to Deal with the Downsides of T1D Technology</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Mary Anderson about how using diabetes technology has impacted her mental health. Diagnosed with T1D in December of 2018 and dove into the world of diabetes tech right away and started using a CGM and a pump. After a while, her CGM started causing skin issues and she began feeling burnt out with the alarms. The tools that were supposed to make her life with T1D easier, were causing her stress.</p> <p>Diabetes technology is awesome, but it does have some downsides. We need to be able to acknowledge the challenges of diabetes tech along with the benefits. Mary talks about how being flexible and finding the tools that work for her lifestyle have been the key for her emotional health with T1D.<br> <br> You can find Mary on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mary.type1/">@mary.type1</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Mary Anderson about how using diabetes technology has impacted her mental health. Diagnosed with T1D in December of 2018 and dove into the world of diabetes tech right away and started using a CGM and a pump. After a while, her CGM started causing skin issues and she began feeling burnt out with the alarms. The tools that were supposed to make her life with T1D easier, were causing her stress.</p> <p>Diabetes technology is awesome, but it does have some downsides. We need to be able to acknowledge the challenges of diabetes tech along with the benefits. Mary talks about how being flexible and finding the tools that work for her lifestyle have been the key for her emotional health with T1D.<br> <br> You can find Mary on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/mary.type1/">@mary.type1</a>.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721860]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721860</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/66226b2b-0bcf-40be-ae46-6af3f75f55f1/41dc091a-03f5-4afe-816a-6a6b20dfa704.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 03 Dec 2020 13:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/904aa1ef-2d2e-45fc-8295-9bb1039088c2.mp3" length="28743808" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Finding Gratitude with T1D</title><itunes:title>Finding Gratitude with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>When we think about T1D, our thoughts usually go to the negative. But, have you ever considered what type 1 diabetes (T1D) has brought to your life that you are grateful for?</p> <p>Research shows that gratitude increases happiness and reduces stress and depression – which can help everyone with T1D. We focus so much on the challenges of living with T1D that often we don’t even notice the positives that can come from it.</p> <p>In this episode, we talk about how practicing gratitude can help you create a sense of balance and peace with type 1 diabetes. Finding gratitude with T1D does not mean ignoring the challenges. It means seeing that diabetes comes with positives and negatives and that these things can exist at the same time.</p> <p>Dr. Mark will guide you through a 4-step process to help you find gratitude in your life with T1D.</p> <p><strong>Step #1</strong>: Be open to the possibility there are things about T1D you can be grateful for.</p> <p><strong>Step #2:</strong> Be intentional about looking for things to be grateful for.</p> <p><strong>Step #3:</strong> Be specific about what you are grateful for. Find something that happened today, no matter how insignificant it may seem.</p> <p><strong>Step #4:</strong> Keep a T1D gratitude journal that you can refer back to.</p> <p>Check out this blog post for more tips on finding gratitude with T1D: &nbsp;<a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/gratitude-with-t1d/">https://thediabetespsychologist.com/gratitude-with-t1d/</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>When we think about T1D, our thoughts usually go to the negative. But, have you ever considered what type 1 diabetes (T1D) has brought to your life that you are grateful for?</p> <p>Research shows that gratitude increases happiness and reduces stress and depression – which can help everyone with T1D. We focus so much on the challenges of living with T1D that often we don’t even notice the positives that can come from it.</p> <p>In this episode, we talk about how practicing gratitude can help you create a sense of balance and peace with type 1 diabetes. Finding gratitude with T1D does not mean ignoring the challenges. It means seeing that diabetes comes with positives and negatives and that these things can exist at the same time.</p> <p>Dr. Mark will guide you through a 4-step process to help you find gratitude in your life with T1D.</p> <p><strong>Step #1</strong>: Be open to the possibility there are things about T1D you can be grateful for.</p> <p><strong>Step #2:</strong> Be intentional about looking for things to be grateful for.</p> <p><strong>Step #3:</strong> Be specific about what you are grateful for. Find something that happened today, no matter how insignificant it may seem.</p> <p><strong>Step #4:</strong> Keep a T1D gratitude journal that you can refer back to.</p> <p>Check out this blog post for more tips on finding gratitude with T1D: &nbsp;<a href="https://thediabetespsychologist.com/gratitude-with-t1d/">https://thediabetespsychologist.com/gratitude-with-t1d/</a></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721861]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721861</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4b2fc968-ea94-4de3-aa13-474e862ff2fa/6315b0e2-8eb9-4aee-a48e-2a7d86929e16.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2020 13:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/48d34aff-2384-4044-982b-bb52f6de08df.mp3" length="17877120" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The Power of Outdoor Adventure and Connection with T1D</title><itunes:title>The Power of Outdoor Adventure and Connection with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Jen Hanson. Jen is the Executive Director of Connected in Motion (CIM). CIM works to create a culture of support &amp; engagement in diabetes self-management through peer-based experiential diabetes education, sport, and outdoor adventure. Jen combines her love for the outdoors with her mission of improving the lives of people with T1D.<br> <br> Connecting with other people with T1D can be a powerful experience. When you connect with other people with T1D, you have the opportunity to feel ‘normal’ and to be around people who ‘get it.’ But the benefits of connection go far beyond having friends who support you. Jen shares how CIM fosters connections and how these connections push people with T1D to do things they may never have thought possible.<br> <br> You can find Jen on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/j2hanson/">@j2hanson</a>.<br> <br> Check out <a href="https://www.connectedinmotion.ca/">Connected In Motion’s website</a> or follow them on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/connectedinmotion/">@connectedinmotion</a> and Facebook <a href="https://www.facebook.com/ConnectedinMotion/">@ConnectedinMotion</a>.<br>  <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Jen Hanson. Jen is the Executive Director of Connected in Motion (CIM). CIM works to create a culture of support &amp; engagement in diabetes self-management through peer-based experiential diabetes education, sport, and outdoor adventure. Jen combines her love for the outdoors with her mission of improving the lives of people with T1D.<br> <br> Connecting with other people with T1D can be a powerful experience. When you connect with other people with T1D, you have the opportunity to feel ‘normal’ and to be around people who ‘get it.’ But the benefits of connection go far beyond having friends who support you. Jen shares how CIM fosters connections and how these connections push people with T1D to do things they may never have thought possible.<br> <br> You can find Jen on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/j2hanson/">@j2hanson</a>.<br> <br> Check out <a href="https://www.connectedinmotion.ca/">Connected In Motion’s website</a> or follow them on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/connectedinmotion/">@connectedinmotion</a> and Facebook <a href="https://www.facebook.com/ConnectedinMotion/">@ConnectedinMotion</a>.<br>  <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721862]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721862</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/d9fee913-4444-43f3-95f0-b87932a50145/0b021cae-5dc2-461a-a2ad-63b76aa0ef54.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/cc7e755a-a242-4364-a51e-585eecd955d0.mp3" length="38647936" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Managing T1D Mindfully</title><itunes:title>Managing T1D Mindfully</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Mindfulness is a word that gets thrown around a lot, but what does it really mean? More importantly, what does mindfulness have to do with T1D? In this episode, we’ll talk all about mindfulness and T1D. Dr. Mark will give you four things you can do today to start incorporating mindfulness into your diabetes management routine.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Mindfulness is a word that gets thrown around a lot, but what does it really mean? More importantly, what does mindfulness have to do with T1D? In this episode, we’ll talk all about mindfulness and T1D. Dr. Mark will give you four things you can do today to start incorporating mindfulness into your diabetes management routine.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721863]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721863</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/183b61ee-1541-4c60-9566-78df46c805ef/ea81d72e-332c-42b9-b14e-651a1067376b.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fff43899-f1a6-42d8-a551-b584b6615695.mp3" length="29165696" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! Changing Your T1D Tech Mindset</title><itunes:title>Coaching with Dr. Mark! Changing Your T1D Tech Mindset</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Diabetes technology is a real game-changer. But can you get too much of a good thing?</p> <p>In this episode, you’ll hear Dr. Mark help Rob with his T1D tech burnout. Rob will talk about his stress related to using his insulin pump and continuous glucose monitor to manage T1D. Then you’ll hear Dr. Mark work with Rob to help him shift his mindset so he can use diabetes technology without getting overwhelmed and burned out. &nbsp;</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Diabetes technology is a real game-changer. But can you get too much of a good thing?</p> <p>In this episode, you’ll hear Dr. Mark help Rob with his T1D tech burnout. Rob will talk about his stress related to using his insulin pump and continuous glucose monitor to manage T1D. Then you’ll hear Dr. Mark work with Rob to help him shift his mindset so he can use diabetes technology without getting overwhelmed and burned out. &nbsp;</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721864]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721864</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/26cc769b-408e-430e-9d6f-3057018b5f5e/b6d1d24c-9045-47df-a1f4-577188d99e74.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2020 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0da7e8f4-222b-45bc-898c-5fcd578383a9.mp3" length="32678016" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Talking T1D &amp; Mental Health with an Endocrinologist</title><itunes:title>Talking T1D &amp; Mental Health with an Endocrinologist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Dr. Calvin Wu, an endocrinologist at Steady Health. Calvin is a big advocate for integrating mental health care into treatment for T1D. He recognizes the limitations of a one-size-fits-all approach to medical care. He appreciates that diabetes is a highly personal disease that can touch or be touched by nearly every facet of life.<br> <br> Endocrinologists play a significant part in helping you manage T1D, but often they never ask about the emotional burden of T1D. Calvin offers us some insights as to why mental health issues often are not addressed by endocrinologists, and gives us some great suggestions on how to get the support you need from your health care team.<br> <br> You can find out more about Steady Health at <a href="http://www.steady.health">www.steady.health</a> or on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/steady.health/">@steady.health</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, we talk to Dr. Calvin Wu, an endocrinologist at Steady Health. Calvin is a big advocate for integrating mental health care into treatment for T1D. He recognizes the limitations of a one-size-fits-all approach to medical care. He appreciates that diabetes is a highly personal disease that can touch or be touched by nearly every facet of life.<br> <br> Endocrinologists play a significant part in helping you manage T1D, but often they never ask about the emotional burden of T1D. Calvin offers us some insights as to why mental health issues often are not addressed by endocrinologists, and gives us some great suggestions on how to get the support you need from your health care team.<br> <br> You can find out more about Steady Health at <a href="http://www.steady.health">www.steady.health</a> or on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/steady.health/">@steady.health</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721865]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721865</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/51be4615-46eb-494e-86a3-cb42059be114/088a34d0-1e66-4a20-b17d-32ccd26fcbfe.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2020 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/83ef0013-43b7-436c-9c01-6d63bd99606b.mp3" length="31475840" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Meet the Diabetes Psychologist</title><itunes:title>Meet the Diabetes Psychologist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, you’ll get to know The Diabetes Psychologist. Dr. Mark Heyman talks about his diabetes story and about his work. You’ll hear about the types of patients he sees, how he thinks about diabetes and mental health, and how living with T1D impacts his work.</p> <p><br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>In this episode, you’ll get to know The Diabetes Psychologist. Dr. Mark Heyman talks about his diabetes story and about his work. You’ll hear about the types of patients he sees, how he thinks about diabetes and mental health, and how living with T1D impacts his work.</p> <p><br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721866]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721866</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/f5ed6944-d72a-4409-914c-e7a14af61d9c/e8a93c75-07d9-47a9-821c-3657a26cde3b.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2020 11:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fa807169-4f9f-4136-8918-112657b246ad.mp3" length="25606272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>The Cost and Logistics of T1D</title><itunes:title>The Cost and Logistics of T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the final episode of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk to Heather Cobb about how the time and effort involved in the logistics of managing diabetes in the US affected her mental health. Heather has been living with T1D for 16 years. A passionate public health advocate, Heather served in the Peace Corps in El Salvador.<br> <br> The US healthcare system is a huge source of stress for people with T1D. Dealing with your insurance company, ordering supplies, and paying for insulin all add to the emotional burden of managing T1D 24/7. Heather shares her story about how she moved to Portugal because the stress of dealing with the US healthcare system got to be too much.<br> <br> Heather offers some great advice on how to deal with the stress of navigating the healthcare system - even if picking up and moving out of the country isn’t an option for you!</p> <p>You can read more about Heather's international journey with Type 1 diabetes <a href="https://www.wattpad.com/story/238988771-american-asshole-tales-of-a-united-states-medicala"> here</a> and you can follow her on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/la_surfista_diabetica/">@la_surfista_diabetica</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is the final episode of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk to Heather Cobb about how the time and effort involved in the logistics of managing diabetes in the US affected her mental health. Heather has been living with T1D for 16 years. A passionate public health advocate, Heather served in the Peace Corps in El Salvador.<br> <br> The US healthcare system is a huge source of stress for people with T1D. Dealing with your insurance company, ordering supplies, and paying for insulin all add to the emotional burden of managing T1D 24/7. Heather shares her story about how she moved to Portugal because the stress of dealing with the US healthcare system got to be too much.<br> <br> Heather offers some great advice on how to deal with the stress of navigating the healthcare system - even if picking up and moving out of the country isn’t an option for you!</p> <p>You can read more about Heather's international journey with Type 1 diabetes <a href="https://www.wattpad.com/story/238988771-american-asshole-tales-of-a-united-states-medicala"> here</a> and you can follow her on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/la_surfista_diabetica/">@la_surfista_diabetica</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721867]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721867</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/4fc1225f-1c2d-4b42-a86e-805b78233740/8d267a71-fada-4fb0-a818-09485ac92c7c.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:50:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/85dab44c-31eb-441c-9ad6-c6df5b37b339.mp3" length="28928254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Guilt, Shame and T1D</title><itunes:title>Guilt, Shame and T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 5 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about how T1D can fuel guilt and shame with Christina Burbelo. Christina was diagnosed with T1D a little over 15 years ago. And in the years since, she has struggled with guilt and shame because of T1D. She has found that writing and the online diabetes community have helped her through the ups and downs of living with T1D.<br> <br> So many people with T1D experience guilt and shame. You may feel guilty because you are not doing everything you are ‘supposed’ to be doing to manage diabetes. You may feel shame because you’re having a hard time dealing with the stress of T1D, and you think you ‘shouldn’t’ be feeling this way. Guilt and shame are an added burden to the everyday challenges of living with type 1 diabetes.<br> <br> Christina tells us about how her guilt and shame about T1D sparked her burn out, led to her being admitted to the ICU for DKA. She talks about how being more open about her struggles and the power of community have led her to a healthier place, both mentally and physically.<br> <br> You can find Christina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/stainedinblue/">@stainedinblue</a> and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/stina.burbelo/">@stina.burbelo</a>.<br>  <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 5 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about how T1D can fuel guilt and shame with Christina Burbelo. Christina was diagnosed with T1D a little over 15 years ago. And in the years since, she has struggled with guilt and shame because of T1D. She has found that writing and the online diabetes community have helped her through the ups and downs of living with T1D.<br> <br> So many people with T1D experience guilt and shame. You may feel guilty because you are not doing everything you are ‘supposed’ to be doing to manage diabetes. You may feel shame because you’re having a hard time dealing with the stress of T1D, and you think you ‘shouldn’t’ be feeling this way. Guilt and shame are an added burden to the everyday challenges of living with type 1 diabetes.<br> <br> Christina tells us about how her guilt and shame about T1D sparked her burn out, led to her being admitted to the ICU for DKA. She talks about how being more open about her struggles and the power of community have led her to a healthier place, both mentally and physically.<br> <br> You can find Christina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/stainedinblue/">@stainedinblue</a> and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/stina.burbelo/">@stina.burbelo</a>.<br>  <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721868]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721868</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/588aaa1c-3962-43fe-82ea-119c0fb9dcce/3c4a65a9-ba04-401e-aa1a-0951d9a30276.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:40:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1afdb982-f7a9-4976-8d02-0656d5ad1844.mp3" length="26366268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Anxiety and T1D</title><itunes:title>Anxiety and T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 4 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about the relationship between anxiety and T1D with Alexi Melvin. Alexi was diagnosed with T1D 17 years ago when she was 14. She is the Chair of Beyond Type 1 Leadership Council Content Committee and is passionate about being a voice for people living with T1D everywhere.<br> <br> Anxiety is common in people with T1D. Living with T1D is full of ‘what ifs’ - ‘What if my blood sugar goes low during my presentation?’, ‘What if people think I’m weird?’, ‘What if I develop complications?’. If these worries get out of control, they can affect your behavior, quality of life, and your blood sugars.<br> <br> Alexi tells us how anxiety around T1D has affected her life and what she has found helpful in managing her anxiety. The key takeaway is running from anxiety doesn’t make it go away - in fact, it usually makes it worse.<br> <br> You can find Alexi on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/alexienergyart/">@alexienergyart</a>.<br>  <br></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 4 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about the relationship between anxiety and T1D with Alexi Melvin. Alexi was diagnosed with T1D 17 years ago when she was 14. She is the Chair of Beyond Type 1 Leadership Council Content Committee and is passionate about being a voice for people living with T1D everywhere.<br> <br> Anxiety is common in people with T1D. Living with T1D is full of ‘what ifs’ - ‘What if my blood sugar goes low during my presentation?’, ‘What if people think I’m weird?’, ‘What if I develop complications?’. If these worries get out of control, they can affect your behavior, quality of life, and your blood sugars.<br> <br> Alexi tells us how anxiety around T1D has affected her life and what she has found helpful in managing her anxiety. The key takeaway is running from anxiety doesn’t make it go away - in fact, it usually makes it worse.<br> <br> You can find Alexi on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/alexienergyart/">@alexienergyart</a>.<br>  <br></p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721869]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721869</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/73d2e203-9156-47fe-b597-39ad1731f90e/e8a97446-fecc-4f79-b6f2-929f2acd25f5.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:30:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a6d9b8e8-33ec-4582-b054-3948876fe12b.mp3" length="26489462" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Being Diagnosed with T1D as an Adult</title><itunes:title>Being Diagnosed with T1D as an Adult</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 3 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk to Adelina Pink about the mental health challenges of being diagnosed with T1D as an adult. Adelina was diagnosed with T1D in March 2019 when she was 31 years old, and she runs <a href="https://www.bonfire.com/store/project-newbet1c/">Project NEWBET1C</a>, a non-profit funded by online sales of apparel designed by fellow Type 1s that helps newly diagnosed T1Ds get access to helpful educational resources.<br> <br> A T1D diagnosis it tough at any age, but being diagnosed as an adult comes with some unique challenges. Adelina talks about how, with the support of the T1D community, she has faced these challenges head-on and come away stronger.<br> <br> You can find Adelina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1addy/">@t1daddy.</a><br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 3 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk to Adelina Pink about the mental health challenges of being diagnosed with T1D as an adult. Adelina was diagnosed with T1D in March 2019 when she was 31 years old, and she runs <a href="https://www.bonfire.com/store/project-newbet1c/">Project NEWBET1C</a>, a non-profit funded by online sales of apparel designed by fellow Type 1s that helps newly diagnosed T1Ds get access to helpful educational resources.<br> <br> A T1D diagnosis it tough at any age, but being diagnosed as an adult comes with some unique challenges. Adelina talks about how, with the support of the T1D community, she has faced these challenges head-on and come away stronger.<br> <br> You can find Adelina on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/t1addy/">@t1daddy.</a><br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721870]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721870</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a2697438-fe4b-45da-b246-7c44d8c884ae/26fc4a35-85dc-439e-bcaf-1628850f4195.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:20:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5a839d18-9570-44e0-8e07-25e34603ee32.mp3" length="29865214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>41:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Feeling Alone with T1D</title><itunes:title>Feeling Alone with T1D</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 2 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about feeling alone and isolated with diabetes with Michel Godbout. Michel recently retired as an elementary school teacher in Ontario, Canada and has been living with T1D for 42 years.<br> <br> T1D should never be a do-it-yourself condition. Living with T1D is challenging, and it’s even more difficult when you don’t have support from other people. Michel was alone with T1D for many years. He hid that he had diabetes from many of his friends and coworkers. Even his family didn’t know how much he was struggling. This all changed after Michel had a serious car accident because of a severe low blood sugar. He had to open up about his diabetes, and he was shocked by the outpouring of support he got.<br> <br> Michel tells us his story about how getting support and becoming involved in the diabetes community changed his life. He shares some great tips on how people with T1D can get the support they need.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 2 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about feeling alone and isolated with diabetes with Michel Godbout. Michel recently retired as an elementary school teacher in Ontario, Canada and has been living with T1D for 42 years.<br> <br> T1D should never be a do-it-yourself condition. Living with T1D is challenging, and it’s even more difficult when you don’t have support from other people. Michel was alone with T1D for many years. He hid that he had diabetes from many of his friends and coworkers. Even his family didn’t know how much he was struggling. This all changed after Michel had a serious car accident because of a severe low blood sugar. He had to open up about his diabetes, and he was shocked by the outpouring of support he got.<br> <br> Michel tells us his story about how getting support and becoming involved in the diabetes community changed his life. He shares some great tips on how people with T1D can get the support they need.<br> <br> Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721871]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721871</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/c4f24783-581c-4707-81a8-2397b1e08186/cabb5504-976b-4406-8cd5-6e9d1c2a9d50.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:10:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/af76bd16-1fb4-401a-a1d5-b732d28c9822.mp3" length="29365543" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>Dealing with Diabetes Burnout</title><itunes:title>Dealing with Diabetes Burnout</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 1 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about diabetes burnout with David Mina. David is the digital creator behind <a href="https://www.instagram.com/type1livabetic/">TYPE1LIVABETIC</a> on Instagram and has been living with T1D for over 11 years.<br> <br> Diabetes burnout is a state in which someone with T1D grows tired of managing their condition, and then simply ignores it for some time, or worse, forever. Although we don’t like to admit it, diabetes burnout is a normal part of living with T1D. Managing T1D is a 24/7 job, with no breaks, so experiencing burnout is to be expected sometimes.<br> <br> David gives us some great strategies you can use to take care of yourself when burnout hits. You may not be able to avoid diabetes burnout, but you can find ways to minimize the impact of burnout on your life.<br> <br> You can find David on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/type1livabetic/">@type1livabetic</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>This is Episode 1 of a 6-part series talking about how to overcome the biggest mental health challenges of living with T1D.<br> <br> In this episode, we talk about diabetes burnout with David Mina. David is the digital creator behind <a href="https://www.instagram.com/type1livabetic/">TYPE1LIVABETIC</a> on Instagram and has been living with T1D for over 11 years.<br> <br> Diabetes burnout is a state in which someone with T1D grows tired of managing their condition, and then simply ignores it for some time, or worse, forever. Although we don’t like to admit it, diabetes burnout is a normal part of living with T1D. Managing T1D is a 24/7 job, with no breaks, so experiencing burnout is to be expected sometimes.<br> <br> David gives us some great strategies you can use to take care of yourself when burnout hits. You may not be able to avoid diabetes burnout, but you can find ways to minimize the impact of burnout on your life.<br> <br> You can find David on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/type1livabetic/">@type1livabetic</a>.</p> <p>Find out more about The Diabetes Psychologist at <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">www.thediabetespsychologist.com</a> and on Instagram <a href="http://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist">@thediabetespsychologist</a>.</p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721872]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721872</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/a3a97656-3f6c-4278-9e05-5253cc97d521/49696a56-5ebb-48e9-8651-ee2bfc4839a7.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 10:00:00 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b50fb18f-e00a-4884-bef8-e0b43699028b.mp3" length="27653374" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item><item><title>A Sneak Peak - What this Show is All About!</title><itunes:title>A Sneak Peak - What this Show is All About!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[
        <p>Want a sneak peak to what this show is all about? Listen to this quick preview and please subscribe!</p> <p>For more information, visit <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">The Diabetes Psychologist</a></p> <p>Follow us on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a></p>
      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[
        <p>Want a sneak peak to what this show is all about? Listen to this quick preview and please subscribe!</p> <p>For more information, visit <a href="http://www.thediabetespsychologist.com">The Diabetes Psychologist</a></p> <p>Follow us on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/thediabetespsychologist/">@thediabetespsychologist&nbsp;</a></p>
      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://thediabetespsychologist.mykajabi.com/podcasts/livefree-with-t1d/episodes/2147721873]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">Kajabi-2147721873</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/5ec0aa05-48ed-4885-b984-1be891ca1b7f/1edb06e0-7b5c-4ff3-9f41-b62c0194a827.jpg"/><dc:creator><![CDATA[Mark Heyman]]></dc:creator><pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2020 17:36:38 -0700</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/87d2f5ee-05c1-451f-8577-9d1248bb3999.mp3" length="4277249" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>01:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType><itunes:author>Mark Heyman</itunes:author></item></channel></rss>